PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe any five physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give a brief description of geographical features of Punjab.
Answer:
1. The Himalayas : The Himalayas are situated to the north of the Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to the Punjab in many ways.

2. Sulaiman Mountain Ranges : The Sulaiman mountain ranges are situated in the north-west of the Punjab. These are the western ranges of the Himalayas. These ranges have manf ‘Passes’ which connect India with other countries of Asia. The Khyber is the most prominent pass. The other known passes are Bolan, Kurram, Tochi and Gomal. The majority of foreign invaders came to the Punjab through these passes. Besides, these passes served as trade routes for India with Afghanistan and Central Asia.

3. Sub-mountainous Region : This region is located between the Shivalik ranges and the plains of the Punjab. It is called Tarai. The height of these mountains ranges between 1000 feet and 3000 feet. This region consists of Hoshiarpur, Kangra, Ambala, northern part of Gurdaspur and some areas of Sialkot. As the region is hilly, its soil is less fertile and means of transport are under-developed. Thus, the population in this region is not dense.

4. The Plains : The Plains constitute the largest and most important region of the Punjab. It is rightly called the real Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains of the world. Five great rivers of the Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The plains of the Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts:

  • Five Doabs,
  • Malwa and Bangar,
  • South-West Deserts.

5. Climate of the Punjab: The climate of the Punjab also shows much variation. It is extremely cold in winter and becomes too hot in summer. December and January are bitterly cold. The hilly areas receive plenty of snowfall. The temperature falls below 0°C on many occasions. The plains experience fog and mist in winter. In the months of summer, especially in May and June, scorching winds blow. The Punjab receives rainfall from July to September. The hilly areas receive more rainfall than the plains. The climate of the Punjab in the months of October, November, February and March is very pleasant.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 2.
Why is the Punjab called as the Gateway of India?
Answer:
The Punjab has acted as the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location. Towards its north-west are Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes. It was not difficult to cross these passes. Therefore, since the ancient times, the foreign invaders had been crossing these passes to invade India. The Aryans, Persians, Greeks, Kushana, Hunas, Turks, Mughals and Durranis passed through these passes and invaded India. The people of Punjab had to struggle against these invaders first of all. They could advance only after conquering Punjab. So the Punjab is called the gateway of India.

Question 3.
What is the importance of the Punjab in the Indian History?
Answer:
The holy land of the Punjab, the territory of five rivers has, undoubtedly, contributed to a great’extent in diversified fields, not only to India but to the world also. About five thousand years ago, the Indus Valley Civilisation, India’s oldest and marvellous civilisation, was born and flourished on this very land. This civilisation is considered as one of the greatest civilisations of the world. The Aryans compiled their famous religious scripture ‘Rigveda’ on this holy land. The great characters of Ramayana and Mahabharata also belonged to the Punjab. The great Mahabharata war was also fought on this land and Lord Krishna delivered his spiritual message i.e. the Gita here. The world famous Takshshila University and the centre of Gandhara Art were also situated here.

This land has the honour of giving birth to great scholars like Kautilya, Charka and Panini. It was the place where Chandragupta Maurya founded India’s first empire. The most important and decisive wars of Indian history were fought here. This land gave birth to the nine Gurus of the Sikh religion. Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab. The Khalsa was created here. On this land Maharaja Ranjit Singh founded the first Sikh empire whose splendour is still remembered by the people. Finally, the Punjabi patriots made greatest sacrifices to break the chains of slavery of India.

Question 4.
What do you know about Himalayas ? What were its main benefits to Punjab?
Or
What were the main benefits Of the Himalayas to Punjab?
Answer:
The Himalayas are situated to the north of the Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. On the basis of its height the Himalayas can be divided into three parts. The first part, the Greater Himalayas, consists of those high peaks whose height is 20,000 ft. or above. Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak, is 29,028 ft. or 8848 meters high. These peaks remain covered with snow throughout the year. The second part consists of those peaks whose height ranges between 10,000 feet and 20,000 feet. It is called the Middle Himalayas. Shimla, Dalhousie and Kashmir are situated in it. The third part, the Outer Himalayas, consists of hill areas with a height ranging from 3,000 feet to 10,000 feet. This part is known as Shivalik range of mountains.

The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to the Punjab in many ways. Firstly, the Himalayas stand like a watchman both for the Punjab and India because it is the highest mountain range in the world and it always remains snow clad. So, no foreign invader dared to cross these mountains. Consequently, the Punjab remained protected from the foreign invasions from the north for a long time. Secondly, the monsoon winds hit the Himalayas and cause adequate rainfall in the Punjab. Thirdly, the great rivers flowing down the Himalayas have made the land of the Punjab very fertile.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Doab? Give a brief description of five Doabs of Punjab.
Or
Explain the five Doabs of Punjab.
Answer:
‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning ‘two waters’ or ‘land between the two rivers’. The name of each Doab is composed of the first letters of those two rivers between which it is located.

  • Bist Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called Bist Jalandhar Doab. This is the most famous Doab. Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur are the two biggest cities of this Doab.
  • Bari Doab: This Doab is located between the Beas and the Ravi rivers. It is also called Majha. Lahore and Amritsar are two famous cities of this Doab.
  • Rachna Doab: The area located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers is called Rachna Doab. Gujranwala and Sheikhupura are two important cities of this Doab.
  • Chaj Doab: The area lying between the Chenab and the Jhelum is known as Chaj Doab. Gujarat and Shahpur are two important cities of this Doab.
  • Sindh Sagar Doab: The area lying between the Jhelum and the Sindh rivers is called Sindh Sagar Doab. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of this Doab. All the Doabs except Sindh Sagar Doab are very fertile.

Question 6.
What do you understand by Malwa and Bangar?
Answer:
Besides the five Doabs, the plains of the Punjab also included a vast tract between the Sutlej and Jamuna. This area can be divided into two parts—Malwa and Bangar.

  • Malwa: The area lying between the Sutlej and the Ghaggar rivers is called Malwa. Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bathinda, Faridkot and Nabha fall in this area. In this area lived a famous tribe ‘Malavas’ in the ancient times, for which this region got the name Malwa. The inhabitants of this area are called Malwai.
  • Bangar: The area which falls between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is called Bangar. It is also called Haryana. It includes Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurgaon, Jind, and Hissar. Many important and decisive battles of Indian history were fought in this part.

Question 7.
What influence did the physical features of the Punjab have on its political history?
Or
What were the political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab?
Answer:
1. Punjab—Gateway of India : There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the* Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. First of all these invadersJiad to fight with-the people of the Punjab. So, the Punjab has been called the gateway of India.

2. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab : The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers.

3. Influence of the Forests and Hills of the Punjab : The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., started the persecution of the Sikhs. So they took shelter in these forests and hills. From here, they resisted the enemy and adopted guerilla warfare.

4. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis : The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: They developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country.

5. Prosperity of the Punjab : The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that’ they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very- flourishing. Consequently, the Punjab is were very rich.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 8.
What impact did the physical features of the Punjab have on its economic history?
Or
Name main economic influences on the geography of Punjab.
Answer:
1. Punjab—Gateway of India : There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. First of all these invaders had to fight with the people of the Punjab. They could go further only after defeating the Punjab.

2. Punjab—Field of Historic Battles : Punjab has been the battlefield of many important and decisive battles of Indian history because of its geographical location. First of all, the Aryans fought the Dravidians in the ancient times. Then, the battles between Alexander and Porus, and Chandragupta Maurya and the Greeks were also fought on this land.

3. North-West Frontier Problem : The northrwest frontier has always remained a great headache for the rulers of India in general, and for those who ruled the Punjab in particular. It was due to two main reasons. Firstly, all the foreign invaders except the British came to the Punjab from this side. Secondly, the tribesmen living in this area were very wild and uncivilized.

4. Punjabis had to suffer for Centuries: It was also due to the geographical location of the Punjab, that the Punjabis had to suffer hardships and the cruelties of invaders for centuries. Mahmud Ghaznavi, Mohammad Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali were such invaders, who had let loose a reign of terror on the Punjabis.

5. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab : The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. These rivers also determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions.

Question 9.
Describe the major economic effects of geography of Punjab on the people of Punjab.
Answer:
1. Agriculture : The soil of the plains of the Punjab was very fertile. Moreover, the Punjab received sufficient rainfall and has developed means of irrigation. That was why a majority of the population of the Punjab is engaged in agriculture. Wheat, rice, cottonseed, sugarcane, maize, barley and oil-seeds were main crops of the Punjab. People living in the hilly areas earned their livelihood by rearing sheep and goats, because nothing can grow on it.

2. Foreign Trade : Due to its geographical location the people of the Punjab had the opportunity to develop good foreign trade since ancient times. Being a border province, the Punjab had a flourishing trade with Afghanistan and countries of Central Asia. Much of this trade was carried on through the passes located in the north-west of the Punjab..

3. Prosperity of the Punjab : The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very flourishing. Consequently, the Punjabis were very rich.

Question 10.
How did the rivers of the Punjab influence its history.
Answer:
The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Alexander, the Great, could not cross the Beas. These rivers determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions. They advanced from those sides, where these rivers were shallow and it was easier to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers. These rivers also proved helpful in determining the boundaries of Sarkars and Parganas. These rivers made the plains of the Punjab very fertile, which enhanced its political significance to a great extent.

Question 11.
How did the forests of Punjab affects its history?
Answer:
The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Abdus Samad Khan, Zakariya Khan, Yahiya Khan and Mir Mannu started the persecution of the Sikhs. They took shelter in these forests and hills. They adopted guerilla warfare to resist enemy. They used to attack their enemy all of a sudden and took shelter once again in their hideouts in the forests and hills. The Sikhs even looted Nadir Shah in 1739 A.D. through guerilla warfare. They had become a great headache for Ahmad Shah Abdali. He invaded Punjab for not less than eight times to crush the Sikh power, but he failed in his attempts. Finally, the Sikhs succeeded in establishing their independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

Question 12.
What effects did the physical features of Punjab have on its socio-cultural history?
Or
Mention the socio-cultural effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
1. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis : The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: After fighting countless wars and facing many difficulties, they developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country.

2. Increase in the number of Castes and Sub-castes: The Punjab has been the victim of foreign invasions from the ancient times. The Iranians, Greeks, Hunas, Kushanas, Mongols, Turks, Mughals and Afghans invaded the Punjab and many of them settled here. They married the women folk of this land. Thus, many new castes and sub-castes emerged.

3. Distinct Culture of the Punjab : People belonging to different countries and practising different religions got settled in the Punjab. As a result a new culture evolved as a result of their synthesis. For example, a new language (Urdu) developed.

4. Loss of the Art and Literature: The art and literature of Punjab could not develop because of its geographical location. For cfenturies together the Punjab remained the battlefield of foreign invaders. Lack of peace and constant threat to the lives of the people resulted in the lack of art and literature. If some art and literature were ever produced they were destroyed and burnt by the foreign invaders. Consequently, the art and literature of Punjab received a great jolt.

Question 13.
How did Geography of the Punjab affect its religious life?
Or
“Punjab was a land of religious movements.” Explain the statement.
Answer:
The Punjab is considered the birth place of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapt Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. Islam was much propagated in Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Firstly, the Muslims had occupied the Punjab in the very beginning. Secondly, the Punjab remained under the Sultans of Delhi and the Mughals for centuries. Guru Nanak Dev and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The tenth and the last Sikh Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent the major part of his life in the holy land of Punjab. People of this land were economically rich, so they contributed a lot towards the development of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Essay Type Questions:

different Names of Punjab and its Boundaries:

Question 1.
Describe the geographical features of Punjab.
Or
Examine the physical features of Punjab.
Or
Describe in detail the physical features of Punjab.
Or
How did the geographical features of Punjab affect its history?
Answer:
The word ‘Punjab’ is a combination of two words of Persian language: ‘Punj’ and ‘Aab’ which literally means ‘five’ and ‘water’ respectively. Thus ‘Punjab’ means the territory or land of five rivers. These five rivers are the Sutlej, the Beas, the Ravi, the Chenab and the Jhelum.

Punjab has been known by various names during different periods of history. It was called ‘Sapta Sindhu’ in the Rigvedic period, on the basis of the seven rivers that flowed in this land. They were: Sindhu (Indus), Vitasta (Jhelum), Asikni (Chenab), Parushni (Ravi), Vipasha (Beas), Sutudri (Sutlej) and Saraswati. The rivers Sindhu and Saraswati were the outer boundaries of Punjab. It is called ‘Panchnada’ in the Epics and the Puranas. ‘Panchnada’ means the land of five rivers. The Greeks named it ‘Pentapotamia’—‘Penta’ means five and ‘Potamia’ means river. So, the Greeks also called it the land of five rivers. The territories of Afghanistan and Baluchistan were annexed to Punjab during the Mauryan period. Thus its northwest boundary stretched up to the Hindukush.

As the Tak’ tribe ruled this vast land for centuries, Punjab was also called ‘Tak Desh. In the medieval period, Punjab was known as Lahore Suba, after the name of its capital (Lahore). Akbar, the great Mughal emperor, divided Punjab into two provinces i.e. Suba of Lahore and Suba of Multan. Punjab was called Lahore Raj during the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. Under his rule, its boundaries stretched from Ladakh in the north to Shikarpur in the south and from the Sutlej in the east to Peshawar in the west. When the British annexed it to the British empire, it was termed as ‘Punjab Province’. A famous historian S.M. Latif has rightly remarked,

“No country in the East presents the same variety of features as does the land of five rivers.” Punjab can be divided into the following three parts on the basis of its physical or geographical features:

  1. The Himalayas and the Sulaiman Mountain Ranges.
  2. Sub-mountainous Region.
  3. The Plains.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

1. The Himalayas and the Sulaiman Mountain Ranges:

1. The Himalayas: The Himalayas are situated to the north of Punjab. ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow. Its tops remain covered with snow throughout the year. It stretches from Assam in the east to Afghanistan in the west. Its length is 2500 kilometres and the breadth ranges from 240 kilometres to 320 kilometres. On the basis of its height, the Himalayas can be divided into three parts: the Greater Himalayas, the Middle Himalayas and the Outer Himalayas also known as the Shivalik mountains.

The Himalayas have proved to be of great advantage to Punjab in many ways. Firstly, the Himalayas stand like a watchman both for the Punjab and India, because it is the highest mountain range in the world and it always remains snow-clad. So, no foreign invader dared to cross these mountains and consequently, Punjab remained protected from the foreign invasions from the north for a long time. Secondly, the monsoon winds hit the Himalayas and cause adequate rainfall in Punjab. Thirdly, the great rivers flowing down the Himalayas have made the land of the Punjab very fertile. Fourthly, the valleys of the Himalayas gave Punjab such famous hill stations like Shimla, Manali, Kullu, Kangra and Dalhousie.

2. Sulaiman Mountain Ranges: The Sulaiman mountain ranges are situated in the northwest of Punjab. These are the western ranges of the Himalayas. These ranges have many ‘Passes’ which connect India with other countries of Asia. The Khyber is the most prominent pass. The other known passes are Bolan, Kurram, Tochi and Gomal. The majority of foreign invaders came to Punjab through these passes. Besides, these passes served as trade routes for India with Afghanistan and Central Asia.

2. Sub-mountainous Region:

This region is located between the Shivalik ranges and the plains of Punjab. It is called Tarai. The height of these mountains ranges between 1000 feet and 3000 feet. This region consists of Hoshiarpur, Kangra, Ambala, the northern part of Gurdaspur and some areas of Sialkot. As the region is hilly, its soil is less fertile and means of transport are under-developed. Thus, the population in this region is not dense.

3. The Plains:

The Plains constitute the largest and most important region of Punjab. It is rightly called the real Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains in the world. Its average height from the sea level is less than 1000 feet. Five great rivers of Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The plains of Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts—(a) Five Doabs, (b) Malwa and Bangar, (c) South-West Deserts.

(a) Five Doabs: A bigger part of the plains is surrounded by the five Doabs. These Doabs were created during the reign of Mughal emperor Akbar and can be found in the same way even today. ‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning ‘two glasses of water or ‘land between the two rivers. These five Doabs are briefly described below:

1. Best Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called Best Jalandhar Doab. This is the most famous Doab. Jalandhar and Hoshiarpur are the two biggest cities of this Doab. This Doab is very fertile.

2. Bari Doab: This Doab is located between the rivers Beas and the Ravi. It is located in the middle of Punjab, so it is called Majha and its residents are called Majhail. Lahore and Amritsar are two famous cities of this Doab. It is also very fertile.

3. Rachna Doab: The area located between the rivers Ravi and the Chenab is called Rachna Doab. Gujranwala and Sheikhupura are two important cities of this Doab. This Doab is also very fertile.

4. Chaj Doab: The area lying between the rivers Chenab and the Jhelum is known as Chaj Doab. Gujarat and Shahpur are two important cities of this Doab. It is also very fertile.

5. Sind Sagar Doab: The area lying between the rivers Jhelum and the Sind is called Sind Sagar Doab. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of this Doab. This Doab is less fertile.

(b) Malwa and Bangar: In addition to the areas covered by the Five Doabs, the vast plains located between the rivers Sutlej and the Jamuna also form a part of the plains of Punjab. It is further sub-divided into two parts—Malwa and Bangar.

1. Malwa: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and the Ghaggar is called Malwa which includes Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bhatinda, Faridkot and Nabha. There lived a famous tribe named ‘Malwa’ in the ancient period in this area, so the area came to be called Malwa. Its inhabitants are called ‘Malwai’.

2. Bangar: The area located between the rivers Ghaggar and the Jamuna is known as Bangar. It is known as Haryana as well. Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurugram (Gurgaon), Jind, and Hissar are included in it. Many important and decisive wars of Indian History have been fought in this part of Punjab.

(c) South-West Deserts: Sind, Bahawalpur, and the desert of Multan which are located in the southwest also form part of the plains of Punjab. As this area receives inadequate rainfall, so it is less fertile.

4. Climate of Punjab:

The climate of Punjab also shows much variation. It is extremely cold in winter and becomes too hot in summer. December and January are bitterly cold. The hilly areas receive plenty of snowfall. The temperature falls below 0°C on many occasions. The plains experience fog and mist in winter. In the months of summer, especially in May and June, scorching winds blow. Punjab receives rainfall from July to September. The hilly areas receive more rainfall than the plains. The climate of Punjab in the months of October, November, February, and March is very pleasant.

Influence Of Physical Features On The History Of Punjab:

Question 2.
How have the physical features of the Punjab affected its Political History?
Or
How have the physical features of the Punjab affected its History?
Or
Examine the influence of physical features of the Punjab on the course of its history.
Or
How did the geographical features of the Punjab affect its History?
Or
How did the geographical features of the Punjab influence its political, social, religious and economic history?
Or
Explain the socio-cultural, economic and religious effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Explain the political effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Explain the social and economic effects of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
What were the political, military and social effects of the geographical features of the Punjab?
Answer:
History is always closely related to Geography, because the geographical conditions of a country have a great influence upon the history of that country. The political, social, economic and religious life of the people is greatly influenced and controlled by the geographical factors. Thus, the geographical conditions of the Punjab have greatly influenced the history of this land. These factors have influenced social, political, economic, religious and cultural life of the Punjab in many ways.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

1. Political Effects:

1. Punjab—Gateway of India: As a result of its geographical location, the Punjab has been the gateway of India for many centuries. There are a number of passes (Khyber, Kurram, Tochi, Bolan etc.) in the north-west of the Punjab which were easy to cross. So, the foreign invaders kept on attacking India for centuries passing through these passes. The Aryans, Iranians, Greeks, Kushanas, Hunas, Turks, Mughals and Durranis invaded India passing through these passes. First of all these invaders had to fight with the people of the Punjab. They could go further only after defeating the Punjab. So, the Punjab has been called the gateway of India.

2. Punjab—Field pi Historic Battles: Punjab has been the battlefield of many important and decisive battles of Indian history because of its geographical location. First of all, the Aryans fought the Dravidians in the ancient times. Then, the battles between Alexander and Porus, and Chandragupta Maurya and the Greeks were also fought on this land. In the medieval period, two battles were fought between Prithviraj Chauhan and Mohammad Ghori at Tarain in 1191 A.D. and 1192 A.D. Mohammad Ghori defeated Prithviraj Chauhan in the second battle of Tarain and thus he laid the foundation of the Muslim rule in India. Similarly, the first battle of Panipat was fought in 1526 A.D. between Ibrahim LodKi and Babar, and the second battle of Panipat was fought in 1556 A.D. between Hemu and Akbar, which resulted in establishing the Mughal empire in India. The third battle of Panipat was fought in 1761 A.D. between the Marathas and Ahmad Shah Abdali, which marked the end of the Maratha power in the Punjab. Thus, we see that many historic battles of Indian history were fought on this land of five rivers.

3. North-West Frontier Problem: The north-west frontier has always remained a great headache for the rulers of India in general, and for those who ruled the Punjab in particular. It was due to two main reasons. Firstly, all the foreign invaders except the British came to the Punjab from this side. Secondly, the tribesmen living in this area were very wild and uncivilized. Their main profession was to loot and plunder the neighbouring territories. People had to face many hardships due to their cruel activities.

Consequently, every ruler of the Punjab who did not pay heed to the north-west frontier had to lose his kingdom very soon. Thus, the success or failure of any ruler depended upon his north-western frontier policy. It was one of the main causes of the downfall of the great Gupta Empire. So, having understood its significance, Balban, Alauddin Khalji, Akbar, Maharaja Ranjit Singh and the British paid special attention towards the solution of this knotty problem. As a result, they succeeded in protecting their empires to a large extent.

4. Punjabis had to suffer for Centuries: It was also due to the geographical location of the Punjab, that the Punjabis had to suffer hardships and the cruelties of invaders for centuries. As the Punjab lay in the way of the foreign invaders coming from north-western side, it had to bear the brunt of their onslaughts. Mahmud Ghaznavi, Mohammad Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali were such invaders, who had let loose a reign of terror on the Punjabis. Wherever, they went they looted all villages and towns and killed many people. They caused dishonour to womenfolk, who were chained and sold in foreign countries as slaves. They forcibly converted the people to Islam.

5. Influence of the Rivers of the Punjab: The rivers flowing into this land have also influenced its history. These rivers checked the entry of foreign invaders many times and thus protected the country. When these rivers were in flood, it was almost impossible to cross them. Alexander, the Great, could not cross the Beas. These rivers determined the routes of the invaders at many occasions. They advanced from those sides, where these rivers were shallow and it was easier to cross them. Thus the future of the Punjab depended upon these rivers. These rivers made the plains of the Punjab very fertile, which enhanced its political significance.

6. Influence of the Forests and Hills of the Punjab: The forests and the hills of the Punjab have influenced the history of Punjab to a great extent. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Abdus Samad Khan, Zakariya Khan, Yahiya Khan and Mir Mannu started the persecution of the Sikhs. They took shelter in these forests and hills. From here, they resisted the enemy and adopted guerilla warfare. They used to attack their enemy all of a sudden and took shelter once again in their hideouts in the forests and hills. The Sikhs even looted Nadir Shah in 1739 A.D. through guerilla warfare. They had become a great headache for Ahmad Shah also. He invaded Punjab for not less than eight times to crush the Sikh power, but he failed in his attempts. Finally, the Sikhs succeeded in establishing their independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

2. Social and Cultural Effects:

1. Special traits of the Character of Punjabis: The peculiar geographical features of the Punjab were responsible for developing certain special traits of the character of the Punjabis. These special traits provided separate identity to the Punjabis from the rest of the IndiAnswer: After fighting countless wars and facing many difficulties, they developed traits like bravery, courage, hard work, sympathy, co-operation, social service, tolerance and sacrificing the self for the country. Besides, one more distinct trait developed in the Punjabis. It was—‘eat, drink and be merry’. As the foreign invaders invariably looted the wealth, riches and all other belongings, so the Punjabis preferred to spend all the money rather than saving it. It was a famous saying at the time of Ahmad Shah Abdali:
“Khaada peeta laahe da, Rehnda Ahmad Shahe da.”.

2. Increase in the number of Castes and Sub-castes: The Punjab has been the victim of foreign invasions from the ancient times. The Iranians, Greeks, Hunas, Kushanas, Mongols, Turks, Mughals and Afghans invaded the Punjab and many 5 of them settled here. They married the women folk of this land. Thus, many new S castes and sub-castes emerged. Of such castes and sub-castes, Pathan, Gujjar, Dogra, Baluch, Syal, Jat, Mahajan and Arora were prominent. .

3. Distinct Culture of the Punjab: People belonging to different countries and practising different religions got settled in the Punjab. As a result a new culture evolved as a resul of their synthesis. For example, a new language (Urdu) developed.

4. Loss of the Art and Literature: The art and literature of Punjab could not develop because of its geographical location. For centuries together the Punjab remained the battlefield of foreign invaders. Lack of peace and constant threat to the lives of the people resulted in the lack of art and literature. If some art and literature were ever produced they were destroyed and burnt by the foreign invaders. Consequently, the art and literature of Punjab received a great jolt.

3. Religious Effects:

1. Origin of Hinduism: The Punjab is considered the birthplace of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapta Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. These works depict geographical or natural aspects of the Punjab clearly. The rivers, the” forests and the mountains of the Punjab are mentioned in these books more than once.

2. Propagation of Islam: Islam was much propagated in Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Firstly, the Muslims were the first to occupy Punjab. Secondly, the Punjab was located nearer to Afghanistan and Central Asia. All these countries were populated by Muslims. Thirdly, many Muslims got settled in the Punjab. Fourthly, the Punjab remained under the Sultans of Delhi and the Mughals for centuries. All these causes \yere responsible for the spread of Islam in Punjab.

3. Origin and Development of Sikhism: Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The development and growth of Sikhism is very closely related to the geographical features of the Punjab. People of this land were economically rich, so they contributed a lot towards the development of Sikhism. They never hesitated in contributing for the Langar, historical buildings and other necessary projects of the Sikh Panth. They always helped the needy and the poor which made many of them become the followers of Sikhism.

4. Economic Effects:

1. Agriculture: The soil of the plains of the Punjab was very fertile. Moreover, the Punjab received sufficient rainfall and has developed means of irrigation. That was why a majority of the population of the Punjab is engaged in agriculture. Wheat, rice, cottonseed, sugarcane, maize, barley and oil-seeds were main crops of the Punjab. People living in the hilly areas earned their livelihood by rearing sheep and goats, because were nothing can grow on it.

2. Foreign Trade: Due to its geographical location the people of the Punjab had the opportunity to develop good foreign trade since ancient times. Being a border province, the Punjab had a flourishing trade with Afghanistan and countries of Central Asia. The Punjab traders exported foodgrains, sugar, cottonseed, woollen, silken and cotton textile, shawls and blankets, etc. to these countries and in return imported horses, dry fruit, daris, carpets, fur and weapons, etc. Much of this trade was carried on through the passes located in the north-west of the Punjab.

3. Prosperity of the Punjab: The Punjab has been very much prosperous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation. The plains of the Punjab are so fertile that they are described as producing gold. The foreign trade of the Punjab had also been very flourishing. Consequently, the Punjabis were very rich. So, we conclude with the befitting remarks by Dr. B.S. Nijjar, “The effects of physical features of the Punjab have exercised a great influence on its history.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 3.
Throw light on the physical features of the Punjab. How did they influence the History of the Punjab?
Or
Explain the geographical features of the Punjab. How did they influence the History of the Punjab?
Note: To answer this question the students are requested to see the answers of question numbers 1 and 2.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe any three physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give a brief description of geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
The Himalayas is located to the north-west of the’Punjab. As this mountain is very high, it acts as a watchman for the Punjab and India. The monsoon strikes ‘ against these mountains and brings rain in the Punjab. The sub-mountainous region of the Punjab is situated between the Shivalik hills and the plains. This region is also known as Tarai. The land being rocky is less fertile and means of transportation are also not much developed. The plains of Punjab is counted among the most fertile regions of the world.

Question 2.
Why is the Punjab called as the ‘Gateway of India’?
Answer:
The Punjab has acted as the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location. Towards its north-west are located Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes. It was not difficult to cross these passes. Therefore, since the ancient times, the foreign invaders had been crossing these passes to invade India. The people of the Punjab had to fight with these invaders. They could advance only after conquering the Punjab. So, the Punjab is called the gateway of India.

Question 3.
What is the importance of the Punjab in the Indian History?
Answer:
The Punjab has occupied a pivotal position in the history of India due to many reasons. The Aryans compiled their famous religious scripture Ttigveda’ on this holy land. The great Mahabharata war was also fought on this land. Lord Krishna delivered his spiritual message i.e. the Gita here. It was the place where Chandragupta Maurya founded India’s first empire. The most important and decisive wars of Indian history were fought here. This land gave birth to the nine great Gurus of the Sikh religion. The tenth Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab.

Question 4.
What were the main benefits of the Himalayas to the Punjab?
Or
Write any three benefits of the Himalayas to the Punjab.
Or
What were the three merits of the Himalayas to the Punjab?
Answer:

  • The Himalayas stood like a watchman both for the Punjab and India.
  • The sub-mountainous region has given us many beautiful townships and tourist resorts like Kulu, Manali, Dalhousie and Shimla etc.
  • It has contributed a lot to the economic prosperity of the state.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Doab? Give a brief description of Doabs of the Punjab.
Or
Explain any three Doabs of the Punjab.
Answer:
‘Doab’ is a Persian word meaning the ‘land between the two rivers’.

  • Bist Jalandhar Doab: The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas.
  • Bari Doab: It is located between the Beas and the Ravi rivers.
  • Rachna Doab: The area located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers.
  • Chaj Doab: The area lying between the Chenab and the Jhelum.
  • Sind Sagar Doab: The area lying between the Jhelum and the Sind.

Question 6.
Describe briefly about plain areas of Punjab.
Answer:
The plains constitute the largest and most important region of the Punjab. It is rightly called the virtual Punjab. This part is located between the rivers of Indus and Jamuna. It is considered one of the best fertile plains of the World. Its average height from the sea level is less than 1000 feet. Five great rivers of Punjab (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Jhelum) flow in this very part. The land of this area is very fertile, it receives ample rainfall and the means of transport are fairly developed. So, the population of this area is very dense. The plains of the Punjab can further be sub-divided into the following three parts:

  • Five Doabs,
  • Malwa and Bangar and
  • South West Deserts.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 7.
What do you understand by Malwa and Bangar?
Answer:

  • Malwa: The area lying between the Sutlej and the Ghaggar rivers is called Malwa. Patiala, Ludhiana, Sirhind, Sangrur, Malerkotla, Bathinda, Faridkot and Nabha fall in this area. In this area lived a famous tribe ‘Malavas’ in ancient times, for which this region got the name Malwa. The inhabitants of this area are called Malwai.
  • Bangar: The area which falls between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is called Bangar. It is also called Haryana. It includes Ambala, Panipat, Rohtak, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Gurugram (Gurgaon), Jind and Hisar. Many important and decisive battles of Indian history were fought in this part.

Question 8.
What influence did the physical features of the Punjab have on its political history?
Or
What were the political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Or
Write any three political effects of the geographical features of the Punjab.
Answer:

  • The Punjab remained the gateway of India for centuries due to its geographical location.
  • Many important and decisive battles of the Indian history were also fought in the Punjab,
  • The rivers flowing through the Punjab, its forests and hills have deeply influenced the history of the Punjab,
  • The forests and mountains lying in the Punjab have also affected its history.

Question 9.
What impact did the physical features of the Punjab have on its economic history?
Or
Write any three main economic influences on the geography of the Punjab.
Answer:

  • As the plains of the Punjab were very fertile, so the main occupation of people here was agriculture,
  • People reared sheep and goats in the mountainous regions of the Punjab,
  • It being a frontier province, foreign trade was carried on with Afghanistan and Central Asian countries on a large scale,
  • The cities like Lahore, Multan, Sirhind, Jalandhar and Amritsar became trade centres.

Question 10.
How did the rivers of the Punjab affect its history?
Or
What were the effects of Punjab rivers on the history of the Punjab?
Answer:
The rivers flowing through the Punjab also greatly influenced its history. These rivers checked the advancement of the foreign invaders many times and defended the country. These rivers, when in spate, were very difficult to cross. These rivers also determined the passage of many invaders. The soil of the Punjab became very fertile due to these rivers and it yielded bumper crops. The economic prosperity of the Punjab was mainly due to these rivers.

Question 11.
The forests and hills of the Punjab have deeply influenced its history. Do you agree with this statement?
Or
How did the forests and hills of the Punjab influence its history?
Or
How did the forests of the Punjab affect its history?
Answer:
The forests and hills of the Punjab have also deeply influenced its history. After the martyrdom of Banda Singh Bahadur in 1716 A.D., when Mughals and Afghans vigorously persecuted the Sikhs, they took shelter in these forests and hills. They faced their enemy from here through guerilla warfare. By adopting the guerilla warfare the Sikhs had plundered even the great tyrant Nadir Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali.-Ultimately, the Sikhs succeeded in setting up independent Misls in many parts of the Punjab.

Question 12.
What effects did the physical features of the Punjab have on its socio-cultural history?
Or
“Punjab was a land of religious movements.” Explain the statement.
Answer:
The Punjab is considered the birthplace of Hinduism. First of all, the Aryans settled in the Sapta Sindhu. They composed their holy scriptures here. Islam was much propagated in the Punjab as compared to other parts of India due to many reasons. Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his eight spiritual successors blessed this sacred land of five rivers by their incarnation. The tenth Guru, Guru Gobind Singh Ji spent most part of his life in Punjab. Many religions were prevalent in the Punjab. That is why it came to be called, “The land of religious movement.”

Question 14.
Physical features of the Punjab greatly influenced its history. Write briefly three important effects.
Answer:

  • The Punjab has acted as the gateway to India for ages, due to its physical features,
  • The foreign invaders had been invading India through Khyber, Kurram, Tochi and Bolan passes since ancient times,
  • The Sikh religion was bom on the sacred land of the Punjab,
  • As the Punjab had remained a battlefield for ages, art and literature could not flourish here,
  • Since the ancient times, the Punjab has been an economically prosperous state due to its physical features.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
What is the meaning of the word Punjab?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 2.
Why did Punjab get its name Punjab?
Answer:
Because of the five rivers flowing here.

Question 3.
Name any one river of Punjab.
Answer:
Sutlej.

Question 4.
By which name was the Punjab known in the Rigvedic period and why?
Or
By which name Punjab was called during Rigvedic period and why?
Answer:
Sapta Sindhu.

Question 5.
What is meant by Sapta Sindhu?
Answer:
The land of seven rivers.

Question 6.
With what name did Greeks call Punjab?
Answer:
Pentapotamia.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 7.
What is meant by Pentapotamia?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 8.
What name was given to Punjab by the Epics and Puranas?
Answer:
Panchnada.

Question 9.
What is meant by Panchnada?
Answer:
The land of five rivers.

Question 10.
Why was Punjab called Tak Desh?
Answer:
Because Tak tribe ruled here for a long time.

Question 11.
By which name was Punjab known in medieval period?
Or
What was Punjab known as in the Medieval Period?
Or
What was the name of the Punjab in the Medieval Period?
Answer:
Lahore Suba (Province).

Question 12.
What was the name given to Punjab during Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s times?
Answer:
Lahore Raj.

Question 13.
When was Lahore state annexed to the British empire?
Answer:
March 29, 1849 A.D.

Question 14.
Why was Punjab annexed by the British last of all?
Answer:
Due to the geographical location of Punjab.

Question 15.
Which part of Punjab was given to Pakistan in 1947?
Answer:
Western part.

Question 16.
Write the names of the physical features of the Punjab.
Or
Give the three physical features of the Punjab.
Answer:
Himalayas and Sulaiman Mountain Ranges, Sub-Mountainous Region and the Plains.

Question 17.
Punjab is known as the Sword Arm of whom?
Answer:
India.

Question 18.
Why is Punjab known as ‘Sword Arm of India’?
Answer:
Because people of Punjab played the role of defending India’s security.

Question 19.
Which was called the Gateway of India?
Answer:
Punjab.

Question 20.
Why is the Punjab called the Gateway of India?
Answer:
Because the foreign invaders had to cross Punjab to reach India.

Question 21.
Name the frontier direction through which foreign invaders entered Punjab.
Answer:
North West Frontier.

Question 22.
Name any one pass through which the invaders came to Punjab.
Answer:
Khyber.

Question 23.
Name the ‘pass’ through which maximum foreign invasions took place.
Answer:
Khyber.

Question 24.
Which is the highest peak of the Himalayas?
Answer:
Mount Everest.

Question 25.
Mention any one advantage of Himalayas to Punjab.
Answer:
It saved Punjab from the invaders of the North.

Question 26.
Name the beautiful city in the mountainous regions of the Punjab which is the outcome of Himalayas.
Answer:
Shimla.

Question 27.
Where is Tarai or sub-mountainous region located?
Answer:
Himalayas and the plains of the Punjab.

Question 28.
What do you mean by ‘Doab’?
Answer:
The region between the two rivers.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 29.
Into how many Doabs has Punjab been divided?
Answer:
Five Doabs.

Question 30.
Name any one Doab of Punjab.
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 31.
In which Doab Jalandhar is situated?
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 32.
In which Doab Hoshiarpur is situated?
Answer:
Bist Jalandhar Doab.

Question 33.
Name any one city located in Bari Doab.
Answer:
Lahore.

Question 34.
What is meant by Bari Doab?
Answer:
The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas.

Question 35.
Why is Bari Doab called ‘Majha’?
Answer:
Because it is located in the middle of Punjab.

Question 36.
By what other name Bari Doab is known as?
Answer:
Majha.

Question 37.
In which Doab is Amritsar situated?
Answer:
Bari Doab.

Question 38.
With which name are the people of Malwa known?
Answer:
People of Malwa are called Malwai.

Question 39.
Write the names of any two main citiSs of Malwa.
Or
Mention any two cities of Malwa.
Answer:

  • Patiala,
  • Ludhiana.

Question 40
Where is Malwa situated?
Answer:
Between Sutlej and Ghaggar rivers.

Question 41.
Why is Malwa so called?
Answer:
Because it was inhabited by a brave tribe called Malav.

Question 42.
Write the names of any two main cities of Malwa.
Or
Mention any two cities of Malwa.
Answer:

  • Patiala,
  • Ludhiana.

Question 43.
What is meant by Rachna Doab?
Answer:
The region located between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers.

Question 44.
Name two famous towns of Rachna Doab.
Answer:
Gujranwala and Sheikhupura.

Question 45.
What is meant by Chaj Doab?
Answer:
The region located between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 46.
Where is Chaj Doab situated?
Answer:
Between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 47.
Where is Sind Sagar Doab situated?
Answer:
Between the Sind and the Jhelum rivers.

Question 48.
Where is Bangar situated?
Answer:
Between Ghaggar and Jamuna rivers.

Question 49.
Name two important agricultural products of the Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat and cotton.

Question 50.
Name the most important town of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
Rawalpindi.

Question 51.
When was the first battle of Tarain fought?
Answer:
1191 A.D.

Question 52.
When was the second battle of Tarain fought?
Answer:
1192 A.D.

Question 53.
When was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
1526 A.D.

Question 54.
When was the second battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
1556 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Question 55.
Name any effect of the Himalayas on the History of Punjab.
Answer:
It increased the economic prosperity of Punjab.

Question 56.
How have the plains of Punjab affected its History?
Answer:
The economic prosperity of Punjab became the main source of attraction of foreign invaders.

Question 57.
Write any’one reason for the economic prosperity of Punjab.
Answer:
Foreign trade.

Question 58.
How is the soil of Punjab?
Answer:
Very fertile.

Question 59.
How have the rivers of Punjab affected its history?
Answer:
These rivers acted as the defense barrier of “the country.

Question 60.
How have the mountains and forests affected the history of Punjab?
Answer:
They gave invaluable contribution to the rise of the power of the Sikhs.

Fill in the blanks:

1. Punjab is combination of two Persian words ……………. and ……………….
Answer:
Punj, Aab

2. Punjab means a land of ……………….. rivers.
Answer:
five

3. Punjab was called the ………….. of India.
Answer:
Gateway

4. The Punjab was called ……………. in Rigveda period.
Answer:
Sapt Sindhu

5. The Greeks have named Punjab …………….
Answer:
Pentapotamia

6. In Puranas Punjab was called …………….
Answer:
Panchnada

7. During medieval times Punjab was called …………..
Answer:
Lahore Suba

8. Punjab was named ……………… at the time of Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
Lahore Raj

9. Himalaya means ……………
Answer:
Abode of snow

10. The highest peak of the Himalayas was …………….
Answer:
Mount Everest

11. The most famous …………….. pass lies in the North-west of Punjab.
Answer:
Khyber

12. There are ………….. Doabs in Punjab.
Answer:
five

13. The word ‘Doab’ means ……………
Answer:
land between the two rivers

14. Bari Doab is also called ……………..
Answer:
Majha

15. The most important city of Rachna Doab is ………………
Answer:
Gujranwala

16. ……………. is most important city of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
Rawalpindi

17. The inhabitants of Malwa are called ………………..
Answer:
Malwai

18. The first battle of Tarain was fought in …………….
Answer:
1191A.D.

19. In …………… second battle of Tarain was fought.
Answer:
1192 A.D.

20. …………….. battle of panipat was fought between Hemu and Akbar in 1556 A.D.
Answer:
Second

21. Third battle of Panipat was fought in …………………
Answer:
1761 A.D.

22. The main occupation of people of Punjab was …………….
Answer:
Agriculture

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

True/False:

Pick out the True or False statements:

1. The word ‘Punjab’ means a ‘land of five rivers’.
Answer:
True

2. The Punjab was called Sapt Sindhu in the Rigvedic period.
Answer:
True

3. The Punjab was called Tak Desh in the Epics and the Puranas.
Answer:
False

4. The Greeks called Punjab Pentapotamia.
Answer:
True

5. In medieval period, Punjab was known as Lohore Suba.
Answer:
True

6. The word ‘Himalaya’ means ‘abode of snow’.
Answer:
True

7. The Punjab was given name ‘Lahore Raj’ during the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.
Answer:
True

8. The name of the famous pass in the north-west of Punjab is Gomal.
Answer:
False

9. The word ‘Doab’ means ‘land between the two rivers’.
Answer:
True

10. Hoshiarpur is a city of Bari Doab.
Answer:
False

11. Bari Doab is also known as ‘Majha’.
Answer:
True

12. The area located between the rivers Sutlej and Beas is called ‘Bist Jalandhar Doab’.
Answer:
True

13. The area located between the rivers Ravi and Chenab is called ‘Rachna Doab’.
Answer:
True

14. Gujranwala is an important city of Rachna Doab.
Answer:
True

15. The area lying between the rivers Sutlej and Chenab is called Chaj Doab.
Answer:
False

16. Rawalpindi is the most famous city of Sind Sagar Doab.
Answer:
True

17. The Plain located between the Sutlej and the Jamuna river is called Malwa.
Answer:
False

18. The inhabitants of Malwa are called ‘Malwai’.
Answer:
True

19. The area located between the Ghaggar and the Jamuna rivers is known as Bangar.
Answer:
True

20. The second battle of Tarain was fought in 1193 A.D.
Answer:
False

21. The first battle of panipat between 1536 A.D.
Answer:
False

22. In 1556 A.D. the second battle of Panipat was fought between Hemu and Akbar.
Answer:
True

23. The third battle of Panipat was fought in 1761 A.D.
Answer:
True

24. Sikhism was originated in Punjab
Answer:
True

25. The main occupation of the people of Punjab was agriculture.
Answer:
True

26. Punjab has been very much properous since the ancient times due to its geographical situation.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. What is the meaning of the the word ‘Punjab’?
(a) Land of two rivers
(b) Land of three rivers
(c) Land of four rivers
(d) Land of five rivers
Answer:
(d) Land of five rivers

2. Punjab is the word of which language?
(a) Persian
(b) Urdu
(c) Hindi
(d) Gurmukhi
Answer:
(a) Persian

3. By which name was Punjab known in the Rigvedic period?
(a) Sapt Sindhu
(b) Pentapotamia
(c) Tak Desh
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Sapt Sindhu

4. Which name was given to Punjab by the Greeks?
(a) Panchnad
(b) Sapta Sindhu
(c) Tak Desh
(d) Pentapotamia
Answer:
(d) Pentapotamia

5. Why was Punjab called Tak Desh in ancient times?
(a) Tak tribe
(b) Tak ruler
(c) Tak coin
(d) Tak mountain.
Answer:
(a) Tak tribe

6. What was the name of capital of Punjab in medieval period?
(a) Multan
(b) Rawalpindi
(c) Kabul
(d) Lahore
Answer:
(d) Lahore

7. Which was the famous pass on the North-West Frontier of the Punjab?
(a) Khyber
(b) Kurram
(c) Tochi
(d) Bolan.
Answer:
(a) Khyber

8. Which is the highest peak of the Himalayas?
(a) Kanchanjanga
(b) Nanda Devi
(c) Mount Everest
(d) K/2
Answer:
(c) Mount Everest

9. What is average length of the Himalayas?
(a) 1200 km
(b) 1800 km
(c) 200 km
(d) 2500 km
Answer:
(d) 2500 km

10. What do you mean by ‘Doab’?
(a) Region between two rivers.
(b) Region between two mountains.
(c) Region between two plains.
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Region between two rivers.

11. How many Doabs are there in Punjab?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(d) Five

12. In which Doab Amritsar is situated?
(a) Chaj Doab
(b) Bist-Jalandhar
(c) Rachna Doab
(d) Bari Doab
Answer:
(d) Bari Doab

13. Where is Rachna Doab situated?
(a) Between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers
(b) Between the Chenab and the Jhelum rivers
(c) Between the Ravi and the Sutlej rivers
(d) Between the Sutlej and the Beas rivers?
Answer:
(a) Between the Ravi and the Chenab rivers

14. Which Doab has Gujarat and Shahpur as main cities?
(a) Chaj Doab
(b) Rachna Doab
(c) Bari Doab
(d) Bist-Jalandhar Doab.
Answer:
(a) Chaj Doab

15. Which is the most important town of Sind Sagar region?
(a) Sind
(b) Jalandhar
(c) Ludhiana
(d) Rawalpindi
Answer:
(d) Rawalpindi

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 1 Physical Features of the Punjab and their influence on its History

16. When was the first battle of Tarain fought?
(a) In 1191 A.D.
(b) In 1192 A.D.
(c) In 1291 A.D.
(d) In 1491 A.D.
Answer:
(a) In 1191 A.D.

17. When was the second battle of Tarain fought?
(a) In 1152 A.D.
(b) In 1192 A.D.
(c) In 1292 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1192 A.D.

18. In which year was the second battle of Panipat fought?
(a) 1526 A.D
(b) 1536 A.D
(c) 1556 A.D
(d) 1656 A.D
Answer:
(c) 1556 A.D

19. In which year was the third battle of Panipat fought?
(a) 1526 A.D
(b) 1561 A.D
(c) 1556 A.D
(d) 1761 A.D
Answer:
(d) 1761 A.D

20. Name the city of Punjab which was considered important from the geographical point of view.
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Peshawar
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

21. Which language was not spoken in Punjab in 16th century?
(a) Urdu
(b) Hindi
(c) Punjabi
(d) Tamil
Answer:
(d) Tamil

22. Which trait is not the outcome of the geographical condition of Punjab?
(a) Bravery
(b) Hard work
(c) Tolerance
(d) Treachery
Answer:
(d) Treachery

23. Which foreign invaders did not come through North-Western Frontier?
(a) Mughals
(b) Hunas
(c) Greeks
(d) British
Answer:
(d) British

24. What led to the spread of Islam in Punjab?
(a) Muslims of Punjab were economically happy.
(b) Muslims had occupied Punjab in the very beginning.
(c) People of Punjab liked this religion.
(d) Muslims had more propaganda centres in Punjab.
Answer:
(b) Muslims had occupied Punjab in the very beginning.

25. Which of these was not exported by Punjab in the sixteenth century?
(a) Horses
(b) Cotton
(c) Sugar
(d) Clothes
Answer:
(a) Horses

26. Which of these was not imported in Punjab in the sixteenth century?
(a) Dry Fruit
(b) Weapons
(c) Horses
(d) Cotton
Answer:
(d) Cotton

27. Which city was not an important trading centre in 16th century?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Lahore
(c) Hisar
(d) Rawalpindi
Answer:
(d) Rawalpindi

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Enumerate the Directive Principles given in the constitution.
Or
Explain the Directive Principles as embodied in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The inclusion of the Directive Principles of State Policy in Part IV (Arts. 36-51) of the Constitution is one of the significant features of the Indian Constitution. Dr. Ambedkar described them as a ‘novel feature’ of the Constitution of India. The makers of the Indian constitution were influenced by the provisions of the Irish Constitution of 1937.

The principles embodied in Part IV are in the nature of directions, instructions or recommendations to the various governments, and government agencies (including even village panchayats) to be followed as fundamental in the governance of the country. “It shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.”

These principles guide the path which will lead the people of India to achieve the noble ideals which the Preamble of the Constitution proclaims : “Justice, social, economic and political; Liberty, Equality and Fraternity.” It should be noted that these principles are not justiciable though they have been declared fundamental in the governance of the country.

Directive Principles can be divided into four categories:
1. Socialistic and Economic Principles,
2. Gandhian Principles,
3. Liberal Principles and
4. Principles Relating to International Peace and Security.

1. Socialistic and Economic Principles:
The bulk of the directive principles aim at the establishment of a service State as opposed to a merely policy State. The principles aiming at the establishment of a Welfare State in India are as under:
(1) Article 38 provides that the State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice, social, economic and political shall inform all the institutions of national life.

(2) Article 39 calls upon the State to direct its policy towards securing:

  • that the citizens, men and women equally have the right to an adequate means of livelihood.
  • that there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
  • that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as to subserve the common good.
  • that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment.
  • that the health and strength of workers, men and women and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens are not forced to enter vocations unsuitable to their age.
  • that the childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and moral and material abandonment.

(3) Articles 41 and 42 provide that the State shall made effective provision for securing the right to work, to education and the public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness, disablement and of undeserved want and to provide just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief.

(4) Article 43 provides that the State shall endeavour to secure a living wage and decent conditions of work so as to ensure to the workers sufficient leisure and enjoyment of social and cultural opportunities.

2. Gandhian Principles:
Some of the Directive Principles are in accordance with Gandhian way of life. They are:

  • The State shall organise village panahayats and endow them with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as units of self-government.
  • The State shall endeavour to promote cottage industries on individual and co-operative basis in small areas.
  • The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people and Scheduled Tribes in order to protect them form social injustice and forms of exploitation.
  • The State shall take steps to secure the improvement of public health and to bring about prohibition of the consumption except for medical purposes, of intoxicating drinks and of drugs which are injurious to health.
  • The State shall take steps to organise agriculture and animal husbandry on modern and scientific lines.
  • The State shall take steps for preserving and improving the needs and for prohibition and protection from slaughter of cows and other milch cattle.

3. Liberal Principles:
In this category are included those principles which are of a general and of liberal character. These include:

  • A uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.
  • To bring abut the separation of judiciary from the executive.
  • To provide, within ten years from the commencement of the Constitution, free and compulsory education to all children up to the age of 14 years.
  • To raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living of the people and the improvement of the public health.
  • The state shall protect every monument or place or object of artistic or historic interest, declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance, from spoliation, disfigurement, destruction, removal, disposal or export, as the case may be.

4. Principles Relating to International Peace and Security:
Article 51 raises the obligations of the state to a still higher level, from the national to the international.

  • The state shall endeavour to promote international peace and security.
  • The state will maintain just and honourable relations between nations.
  • The state will foster respect for international law and treaty obligation.
  • The state will encourage settlement of international disputes byarbitration. The state is, thus, expected by the framers of the Constitution not only to take the form of a welfare state, but also to play a certain kind of role in world affairs, a role based on the quest for peace, justice, harmony and amity.

42nd Amendment Act and Directive Principles:
By 42nd amendment following principles are inserted in the Directive Principles of State Policy.
(i) The State shall ensure that children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral abandonment.

(ii) The state shall ensure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice, on the basis of equal opportunity, and shall, in particular, provide free legal aid by suitable legislation or schemes or in any other way, to ensure that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic and other disabilities.

(iii) The state shall take steps, by suitable legislation or in any other way, to secure the participation of workers in the management of undertakings, establishments or other organizations engaged in any industry.

(iv) The state shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wild life in the country.

44th Amendment and Directive Principles:
Forty-fourth Amendment inserted a new directive in Article 38. It provided for removal of inequalities in income. The state shall, in particular, strive to minimise the inequalities in income and endeavour to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not amongst individuals but also amongst groups of people residing on different areas or engaged in different vocations.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 2.
Discuss in brief the objects of Directive Principles.
Answer:
Part IV of the Constitution can rightly be called an essay written on the Preamble to the Constitution of India.
1. The Directive Principles aim at the realisation of social and economic freedom without which political freedom has no meaning at all. The principles, to quote Joshi, ‘constitute a very comprehensive’ political, social and economic programme for a modern democratic state.

2. Article 38 declares that the state shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which justice, social, economic and political shall inform all the institutions of the national life.

3. Art, 37 declares these principles to be ‘fundamental in the governance of the country’ and it shall be the duty of the state to apply these principles in making laws.

4. Speaking about the purpose of this Chapter Ambedkar said : “In enacting this part of the Constitution, the Assembly is giving certain directions to the future legislature and the future executive to show in what maiu °r they are to exercise the legislative and the executive power they will have. Surely it is not the intention to introduce in this part these principles as mere pious declarations.

It is the intention of this Assembly that in future both the legislature and the executive should not merely pay lip-service to these principles but that they should be made the basis of all legislative and executive action that may be taken thereafter in the matter of the governance of the country. The principles set forth the humanitarian socialist precepts that were and are the aims of the Indian social revolution.” In short, the principles recognize the ideal of service state in place of the regulatory state.

5. According to Dr. A. C. Kapoor, ‘These directive principles are intended to lay down in general terms the object which the framers of the constitution desired, the government at the Centre and in the states, should pursue in guiding the destiny of the nation. They are in the nature of affirmative instructions of government to direct their activities to do certain things and thereby promote the realizations of the high ideals set forth in the Preamble to Constitution.”

In the words of former Chief Justice K. Subba Rao, “In Part IV of the Constitution the Directive Principles of the state policy are laid down. It enjoins it to bring about a social order in which justice-social, economic and political shall inform all the institutions of national life. It directs it to work for an egalitarian society where there is no concentration of wealth, where there is plenty, where there is equal opportunity for all to education, to work, to livelihood and where there is social Justice.”

According to Dr. J.C. Joshi, “While Part III of Fundamental Rights lays down the foundations of political democracy in the country, Part IV contains a set of positive directions spelling out the charter of social and economic democracy.” Prof. B. K. Gokhale has rightly said that, “In brief they aim at the establishment of a welfare state in which justice, liberty and equality prevail and people are happy and prosperous.” The principles serve the purpose of a manifesto for political parties of India. Whichever party may come into power, it must follow the path shown in Part IV of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 3.
Explain briefly the grounds on which Directive Principles are criticised.
Or
The Directive Principles of State Policy do not matter. (Jennings). Discuss critically.
Answer:
The Directive Principles have been attacked from several quarters as the most misleading and superfluous features of the Indian Constitution. Commenting upon the futility of the Principles, Prof. K. T. Shah said, ‘The Directive Principles of State Policy are like a cheque payable by the bank at its convenience.” Mr. Nassiruddin, a member of the Constituent Assembly, thought that “the principles are no better than the new year’s resolutions which are broken on the second of January.” In short, the critics consider this Chapter the sleeping beauty of the Constitution. The chapter has been criticised on the basis of the following points :

1. Lack of Legal Force:
The Chapter on the Directive Principles has been criticised by the critics mainly on the ground that there is no legal force behind it. What cannot be made legally binding should not have been contained in the Constitution.

The government can very conveniently ignore them. None can compel the government to implement them. The people cannot seek the help of the Court to direct the state to enforce them as it obtains in the case of fundamental rights. As one writer has said : “Non justiciable and abstract directive principles which may be safely ignored by the legislatures do not enchance the true prestige of a written Constitution but these principles are declared fundamental in the governance of the country in spite of the fact they cannot be enforced by any court.”

2. Vague and Indefinite:
Most of the principles are vague and indefinite. The wisdom of some of these principles is open to serious doubt. It should be remembered that Directive Principles are not eternal and that they change from time to time. Man is a changing animal, so should the Principles be. Then, though the purpose of the inclusion of these Principles in the Constitution has been the establishment of a Welfare State in India, some important matters have been completely left out. For example, no Principle lays down in clear terms as to what should be the relationship between the workers and the capitalists.

3. Retard the Progressive Character of the Constitution:
By making these Principles eternal truths, immutable for all times to come, the Constitution has put the legislature in a very embarrassing position. It is not essential that these principles will provide a panacea for all the social and economic ills of the society. Every generation has its own problems and every problem needs a relative solution. In this age of atomic and hydrogen era, nothing can be taken for granted. It will be very harmful to fetter the progressive character of the Constitution.

4. Self-imposed Directions are Meaningless:
Directions are given by a superior to an inferior. But it looks funny and meaningless that a sovereign nation should issue directions to itself.

5. Constitutional Conflict:
Mr. K. Santhanam says that these principles may lead to conflict between President and the Prime Minister. He says, what happens if the P. M. of India ignores these instructions. The President may impose penal dissolution on the ground that since these are fundamental in the governance of the country, the P. M. or his ministry has got no right to ignore them. As such these principles may lead to conflict between the P. M. and the President.

6. Brake on the wheels of National Progress:
Dr. Jennings said that the ideals embodied in the chapter may not simply become outmoded and antiquated in the next century. They might act as citadels of reactions as well and thus clog national progress.

7. Means to implement Directive Principles not mentioned:
Directive Principles are like an end but to achieve the end no reference is made to the means. Means are not mentioned through which the Directive Principles have to be implemented.

8. Unrealistic and Impracticable Principles:
Most of the Directive Principles are unreaslistic and impracticable. For example, the enforcement of Prohibition and the maintenance of just and honourable relations with other countries of the world are impracticable principles.

9. Moral Principles: The Directive Principles are nothing more than mere moral principles.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 4.
What is the importance of the chapter on Directive Principles of State Policy in our constitution?
Or
Give a brief account of those Directive Principles of State Policy which reflect the country’s economic policies.
Or
Examine the importance of Directive Principles of State Policy.
Answer:
Despite the hostile criticism levelled against the Principles, the Chapter remains “one of the most cardinal, important and creative Chapters of this Constitution.” They don’t lose value by the fact that they lack legal force. By not making these Principles Justiciable, the makers of the Constitution did the right thing. Had they done so, they would have made the Principles rigid. It was not desirable for a living, vital and progressive nation. After all there can be honest difference of opinion to achieve the ideals set forth in the Constituent Assembly.

Dr. Ambedkar said : “We have left enough room for the people of different ways to persuade the electorate that it is the best way of searching economic democracy : the fullest opportunity to act in the way in which they want to act.” There is, thus, scope for flexibility for the realisation of these ideals. If they provide impetus for the conservatives, they equally restrain the radicals. They thus keep the Constitution on an even keel. .

1. Guidelines for the Government:
These principles guide each government regarding the internal and external policy of the state. Whatsoever government comes to power, it must act according to the guidelines provided by these principles. Any party may form the government, it is not to bother about the aims and objects of its administration because Directive Principles place before the government clear cut aims and ideals. By following these lines India can attain the required end.

2. Declaration of Ideal of the Welfare State:
The Directive Principles stand for a welfare state. These principles help in the realisation of the ideals of social justice and economic democracy. When the state translates these principles into reality, India can justly claim to be a welfare state.

3. Barometer for assessing the achievements of the government:
The directive principles are an important instrument in the hands of the people to judge the achievements of the government. In democracy the people govern through their representatives. They elect their representatives and they speak and act on behalf of the public. The representatives of the people try to promote the welfare of the people.

The people keep a strict watch over the activities of the government and keep on reminding the government abput its aims and objects. These directive principles serve as the measuring rod of attainments of the government. If the government acts on the lines provided by these principles, it is considered as a good government and if the government flouts these principles, it is considered a bad government.

4. Support of Public Opinion:
There is no legal force behind the directive principles of state policy. But there is the force of public opinion behind these principles. With the help of these principles a Welfare State can be established in India. These principles can help in the promotion of social and political lot of he people. In a democracy the people want the government to make their lives happy and prosperous.

The government which does not show due regards to these principles falls in the estimation of the people and in the next election it may not be able to capture the votes of the people. The people will vote for a government which runs its administration on the lines suggested by directive principles of state policy. The government, therefore, tries its utmost to implement these principles.

5. Important Place in the World:
These principles aim at the progress of man’s life. They aim at bringing a good name to India in the world. These principles can help in the establishment of a welfare state in India. These principles stress the need of maintaining friendly relations with other countries of the world and aim at the maintenance of world peace.

For all its efforts in the field of maintenance of world peace and other fields, India is very much respected by all other countries of the world. In oct. 2010, India was elected the member of the Security Council for the Seventh time for the period of 2-years between January 2011 to December 2012. India has also stood for world peace and, therefore, these principles can be called the very basis of Indian culture.

6. Helpful in making fundamental rights a success:
Keeping in view one more thing, the Directive Principles of State Policy cannot be called meaningless. We can make the best use of fundemantal rights only when the Directive Principles of state policy are implemented. A person may be given the right to vote, but if he is not free from his economic worries he is sure to sell his vote. The fundamental rights go side by side with the directive principles. Moreover, the executive is to be separated from the judiciary if justice is to be had. The success of fundamental rights depends upon the application of Directive Principles of state policy.

7. Guideline for the Judiciary:
No doubt, the Directive Principles cannot override the provisions contained in Chapter III, yet they have been helpful to the judiciary in determining the actual scope of the Fundamental Rights. In some of the decisions, the Supreme Court has made a direct reference to these principles.

In Nashirwar Vs. State of Madhya Pradesh, the Supreme Court held there is no fundamental right to carry on the trade of liquor, because of the reasons of public morality and public interest, etc. The Supreme Court referred to the directive principles contained in Article 47. Similarly in the State of Bihar Vs. Kameshwar Singh, the Supreme Court held that the abolition of Zamindari had legitimate ‘public purposes’.

No doubt the Directive Principles of state policy have no legal force behind them but even then their inclusion in the Constitution is not meaningless. Dr. Ambedkar had remarked that these Principles would be considered fundamental in the governance of the country. Those who are called upon to govern the state, must attach due importance to these principles.

These Principles serve as the guideline for the government and no government should ignore these principles. These principles serve as a constant reminder to the politicians and the inhabitants of the country that the framers of the Constitution had placed very high moral ideals before all of them.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 5.
Examine the relationship between fundamental rights and directive principles.
Or
Compare the judgement of the Supreme Court on the relationship between the Directive Principles and the Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
The Indian Bill of Rights has been included in Part III of the Constitution. It lays down the foundation of political democracy in the country. But political democracy is hollow if it is not accompanied by economic democarcy. Surplus and starvation cannot go together. Part IV of the Constitution deals with the Directive Principles. The aim of the Directive Principles is the establishment of Welfare state opposed to the Police state. By passing the Karachi Resolution in 1931, the Congress Party had committed itself to a programme of social and economic changes on the advent of independence. Hence the incorporation of the Principles in Part IV of the Constitution.

Difference between Directive Principles and Fundamental Rights :
The two differ in their nature and extent.
1. Fundamental Rights are justiciable, Directive Principles are not:
Directive Principles, though declared ‘fundamental in the governance of the country’ are not justiciable. In other words, the state cannot be sued in any court of law in case they are ‘violated’ or not implemented. The right to Constitutional Remedies, as enshrined in Art. 32 of the Constitution, covers Part III and not Part IV of the Constitution. They, thus, lack legal force. They confer no legal rights and create no legal remedies.

The Fundamental Rights, on the other hand, are enforceable by the courts. They are congnizable. The judiciary has been empowered to issue orders, directions and writs for the enforcement of the fundamental rights. But no such legal status has been conferred on the Principles. The Constitution clearly lays down that the Directive Principles “shall not be enforceable by any court.”

2. Fundamental Rights are Mandatory, while Directive Principles are Optional:
It is mandatory for the government to enforce Fundamental Rights. But Directive Principles are just like optional directive principles. It is for this reason that Prof. K. T. Shah depreciated the directive principles as ‘pious wishes’ and mere window dressing for the social revolution of the country.

3. Fundamental Rights are negative to prohibit the Government from doing certain things, the Directive Principles are affirmative instructions to the Government to do certain things:
The Directive Principles are of the nature of general directions to the State to frame its policy in accordance with the spirit of these principles. The principles contain certain ideas and ideals which the new nation has put before it. The fundamental rights are of the nature of ‘don’ts’. They are intended to curb the arbitrariness of Government.

For example, the Constitution prohibits the state to discrimate one citizen against the other on the ground of caste, class, sex, creed, language, religion, etc. Similarly, the state cannot deprive any person of his property save by authority of law’. The directives, on the other hand, are intended to serve as a chart for the Governments to follow. The state ‘shall strive for’ realisation of these principles. The principles are, thus, recommendatory and not mandatory.

4. Fundamental Rights Concern the Individual, while Directive Principles the Society:
Fundamental Rights are concerned with the individual whereas Directive Principles concern the entire society in which the individual is but a component.

5. Difference in Aim:
The aim of Fundamental Rights is political democracy but that of Directive Principles is Economic Democracy.

6. Fundamental Rights have already been attained but Directive Principles are not yet fully enforced,

7. In case of Conflict which of the two will get importance ? Before the passing of 25th and 42nd Amendments, Directive Principles were subsidiary to Fundamental Rights. In case of conflict between the two, the courts had to uphold the Fundamental Rights. No doubt, the Constitution enjoins upon the state to make its laws in accordance with the Principles. But while doing so, the state cannot harm the provision contained in Part III of the Constitution.

But the 25th Amendment Act changed the relations between directive principles and fundamental rights. The 25th Amendment lays down : “Notwithstanding anything contained in Art. 13, no law given effect to the policy of the state towards securing the principles specified in clause (B) or clause (C) of Art. 39 shall be deemed to be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by Arts. 14 and 19 or Art. 31 and no law containing a declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy shall be called in question in any Court on the ground that it does not give effect to such policy.”

But by Section 4 of the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976, protection has been extended to legislation for implementation of any of the Directive enurmerated in Part IV. The effect of this amendment is far-reaching as it tends to give a primacy to the Directive Principles. It is not open now to any court to challenge any law based on Directive Principles, even though inconsistent with certain Fundamental Rights. In other words, as D.D. Basu puts it, “A law giving effect to any of the Directive shall be immune from attack of unconstitutionality on the ground of contravention of Arts. 14, 19 and 31.

Outside these three Fundamental Rights, however, the pre-1976 decisions shall continue to apply.” But on 9th May, 1980, the Supreme Court struck down section 4 of the 42nd Amendment Act amending 31 C giving primacy to Directive Principles of State Policy over fundamental rights. The Court held that Section 4 of the 42nd Amendment Act amending 31-C was beyond the amending power of Parliament and was void since it damages the basic total exclusion of challenge in Court of law on grounds that it takes away or abridges fundamental rights under Article 14 or Article 19 if the law was for giving effect to Directive Principles.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 6.
Explain to what exent the Directive Principles of State Policy have helped India to become a welfare state.
Answer:
The ideal of the welfare state is embodied in the Directive Principles given in the Indian Constitution. Prof. B. K. Gokhale has rightly said that, “In brief Directive Principles aim at the establishment of welfare state in which justice, liberty and equality prevail and people are happy and prosperous.” Directive Principles’ contribution to welfare state is as follows :

1. Article 38 provides that the state shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of national life.

2. State should frame its policies in such a way as to ensure adequate means of livelihood to all. The state should ensure that health and strength of workers, men and women and the tender age of children are not abused and the citizens are not forced to enter vocation unsuitable to their age.

3. Directive Principles provided that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as to subserve the common good.

4. The state shall made effective provision for securing the right of work, to education and the public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness, disablement and of undeserved want and to provide just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief.

5. The state will create conditions for well-being and advancement of the individuals.

6. The state shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people and the Scheduled tribes in order to protect them from social injustice and forms of exploitation.

7. The state shall take steps for decentralisation of power. Judiciary will be separated from the executive.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 7.
Discuss the Directive Principles of State Policy laid down in our Constitution. What are the sanctions behind them ?
Answer:
Directive Principles given in the Constitution.
The inclusion of the Directive Principles of State Policy in Part IV (Arts. 36-51) of the Constitution is one of the significant features of the Indian Constitution. Dr. Ambedkar described them as a ‘novel feature’ of the Constitution of India. The makers of the Indian constitution were influenced by the provisions of the Irish Constitution of 1937.

The principles embodied in Part IV are in the nature of directions, instructions or recommendations to the various governments, and government agencies (including even village panchayats) to be followed as fundamental in the governance of the country. “It shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.”

These principles guide the path which will lead the people of India to achieve the noble ideals which the Preamble of the Constitution proclaims : “Justice, social, economic and political; Liberty, Equality and Fraternity.” It should be noted that these principles are not justiciable though they have been declared fundamental in the governance of the country.

Directive Principles can be divided into four categories :
1. Socialistic and Economic Principles,
2. Gandhian Principles,
3. Liberal Principles and
4. Principles Relating to International Peace and Secutiry.

1. Socialistic and Economic Principles:
The bulk of the directive principles aim at the establishment of a service State as opposed to a merely policy State. The principles aiming at the establishment of a Welfare State in India are as under :
(1) Article 38 provides that the State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice, social, economic and political shall inform all the institutions of national life.

(2) Article 39 calls upon the State to direct its policy towards securing:

  • that the citizens, men and women equally have the right to an adequate means of livelihood.
  • that there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
  • that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as to subserve the common good.
  • that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment.
  • that the health and strength of workers, men and women and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens are not forced to enter vocations unsuitable to their age.
  • that the childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and moral and material abandonment.

(3) Articles 41 and 42 provide that the State shall made effective provision for securing the right to work, to education and the public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness, disablement and of undeserved want and to provide just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief.

(4) Article 43 provides that the State shall endeavour to secure a living wage and decent conditions of work so as to ensure to the workers sufficient leisure and enjoyment of social and cultural opportunities.

2. Gandhian Principles:
Some of the Directive Principles are in accordance with Gandhian way of life. They are:

  • The State shall organise village panahayats and endow them with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as units of self-government.
  • The State shall endeavour to promote cottage industries on individual and co-operative basis in small areas.
  • The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people and Scheduled Tribes in order to protect them form social injustice and forms of exploitation.
  • The State shall take steps to secure the improvement of public health and to bring about prohibition of the consumption except for medical purposes, of intoxicating drinks and of drugs which are injurious to health.
  • The State shall take steps to organise agriculture and animal husbandry on modern and scientific lines.
  • The State shall take steps for preserving and improving the needs and for prohibition and protection from slaughter of cows and other milch cattle.

3. Liberal Principles:
In this category are included those principles which are of a general and of liberal character. These include :

  • A uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.
  • To bring abut the separation of judiciary from the executive.
  • To provide, within ten years from the commencement of the Constitution, free and compulsory education to all children up to the age of 14 years.
  • To raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living of the people and the improvement of the public health.
  • The state shall protect every monument or place or object of artistic or historic interest, declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance, from spoliation, disfigurement, destruction, removal, disposal or export, as the case may be.

4. Principles Relating to International Peace and Security:
Article 51 raises the obligations of the state to a still higher level, from the national to the international.

  • The state shall endeavour to promote international peace and security.
  • The state will maintain just and honourable relations between nations.
  • The state will foster respect for international law and treaty obligation.
  • The state will encourage settlement of international disputes byarbitration. The state is, thus, expected by the framers of the Constitution not only to take the form of a welfare state, but also to play a certain kind of role in world affairs, a role based on the quest for peace, justice, harmony and amity.

42nd Amendment Act and Directive Principles:
By 42nd amendment following principles are inserted in the Directive Principles of State Policy.

(i) The State shall ensure that children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral abandonment.

(ii) The state shall ensure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice, on the basis of equal opportunity, and shall, in particular, provide free legal aid by suitable legislation or schemes or in any other way, to ensure that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic and other disabilities.

(iii) The state shall take steps, by suitable legislation or in any other way, to secure the participation of workers in the management of undertakings, establishments or other organizations engaged in any industry.

(iv) The state shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wild life in the country.

44th Amendment and Directive Principles:
Forty-fourth Amendment inserted a new directive in Article 38. It provided for removal of inequalities in income. The state shall, in particular, strive to minimise the inequalities in income and endeavour to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not amongst individuals but also amongst groups of people residing on different areas or engaged in different vocations.

Sanctions behind the Directive Principles of State Policy. Although there is no sanction of law behind these Principles, ‘yet they have to be obeyed because behind them is the authority of public opinion, “a bigger and more powerful tribunal.” In the last analysis, a real sanction behind all laws is the public opinion, Same is true of the Directive Principles.

Like the conventions of the English Constitution they are the code of honour, the conscience of the nation. The masses are in favour of these Principles because they stand for the establishment of a Welfare State. In the words of Justice Kania, ‘The Directive Principles represent not the temporary will of a majority but the deliberate wisdom of nation exercised while setting the paramount and permanent law of the country.

In democracy, the rulers rule by suffrance i.e. authority is a trust. And any abuse of this authority on the part of the Government will make the public opinion hostile. The Government will certainly forfeit the confidence of the people if it deviates from Part IV of the Constitution. There shall be no hope of its coming into power if it fails to implement these Principles. None can discount the force of public opinion in democracy.

It is the active, propelling factor. The distinguishing feature of democracy is that government authority is built, controlled and conditioned by the force of an active public opinion. No government responsible to the people can afford to pay lip-service to these principles. “A little shift in public opinion may convert the majority of today into the minority of tomorrow.” All governments, even the most despotic one, ultimately rest on the consent of the people.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 8.
How far and in what manner the Directive Principles have been implemented in India ? Discuss.
Answer:
Opinions differ on how far the Directive Principles of State Policy have been implemented in actual practice. But it is absurd to claim that all these principles have been completely translated into action. On the contrary, it is equally wrong to allege, as was done by a Communist member of the Lok Sabha in 1958 that “these solemn declarations were not ‘directives’ but only ‘decoratives in the Constitution’.

The main objective of the Five-Year Plans has been to achieve a balanced economic development and to raise living standards. The plans are so designed as to result “not only in appreciable increase in national income and employment, but also in greater equality in incomes and wealth.”
Following steps have been taken to implement the Directive Principles as far as possible under existing conditions.

  1. Zamindari system has been abolished in almost all the states.
  2. Most states have passed laws prohibiting cow slaughter.
  3. Exploitation has been prohibited.
  4. In majority of the states Judiciary is separated from the executive.
  5. Various measures have been taken to promote the welfare of Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes and to advance the educational and economic interests of weaker and backward sections of tlte people.
  6. Various steps have been taken to raise the standard of living of the people.
  7. Means of production are no longer completely in the hands of private sector. Key industries have been nationalised.
  8. New and mechanised means of agriculture are being adopted.
  9. Various measures have been adopted to promote small scale and cottage industries.
  10. Panchayati Raj is established in almost in all the states.
  11. Community Projects have been started to develop villages.
  12. Steps have been taken for prohibition.
  13. Women are given equal rights with men.
  14. The enactment of the Hindu Marriage Act (1955) and the Hindu Succession Act (1956) are important landmarks on the road to the development of a Uniform Civil Code.
  15. Main aim of the 25th Amendment is the implementation of the Directive Principles.
  16. Free and compulsory education has been introduced in many States.
  17. Indian government has tried to establish friendly relations with neighbouring states.
  18. India has followed the policy of non-alignment and has played a very important role in maintaining world peace.
  19. Prime Minister Sh. Narender Modi has adopted many measures to implement the Directive Principles.
  20. In Jan 2019, the central government givens 10% Reservation for Economically weaker sections in upper caste.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the nature of Directive Principles of State Policy as mentioned in the Constitution of’India.
Answer:
Article-37 exhibits the nature of directive principles. Article-37 of the Constitution clearly lays down that the directive principles are not justiciable, yet these principles are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country. It shall be the duty of the State to implement directive principles. Thus, it is clear that the directive principles are not enforceable, yet they are to be regarded as fundamental principles in the governance of the country.

Another words, directive principles guide the government in the formulation of policies. The directive principles are intended to be kept in mind both by the legislature in enacting laws and by the executive in enforcing the law. These are unenforceable directives through which the constituent assembly tried as Dr. Ambedkar put it. ‘To give certain direction to the future legislature and the future executive to show in what manner.

They are to exercise the power they will have.” These directive principles are mostly in the nature of moral precepts and economic maxims, having no legal force. The directive principles specify the aims and objectives of the Constitution of India which are to be seemed by the state through future policy making and legislation.

Question 2.
What are the main aims of the Directive Principles?
Answer:

  1. Most important aim of the Directive Principles is to establish social and economic democracy. They aim at the realisation df social and economic freedom without which political freedom has no meaning at all.
  2. Directive Principles guide the state legislature and executive in the governance of the country.
  3. These Principles aim at the establishment of a welfare state in which justice, liberty and equality prevail and people are happy and prosperous.
  4. These principles serve the purpose of a manifesto for all the political parties of India. Whichever party may come into power, it must freed the path shown by Directive Principles.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 3.
Mention any five directive principles given in the Constitution.
Answer:

  • The state shall strive to promote the welfare of the people.
  • The state shall endeavour to secure a living wage and decent conditions of work.
  • The state shall take steps to establish a uniform Civil Code throughout the country.
  • The state shall endeavour to promote international peace and security.
  • The state shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive.

Question 4.
State any four Directive Principles of State Policy which lay down the foundation of a Socialist Society in India.
Answer:
The bulk of the directive principle aims at the establishment of a Socialist Society in India. Most of the socialistic principles are contained in Article 38, 39, 41, 42 and 43.

  1. The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice-4 social, economic and political shall inform all the institution of national life.
  2. The State shall provide adequate means of livelihood to all citizens, men as well as women.
  3. The State shall try to secure equitable distribution of material resources of the community with a view to ensure common good.
  4. The State shall endeavour to secure a living wage and decent conditions of work so as to ensure to the workers sufficient leisure and enjoyment of social-cultural opportunities.

Question 5.
Explain in brief the Gandhian principles as provided in the Directive Principles of the State Policy.
Answer:
Some of the Directive Principles are in accordance with Gandhian Ideology. They are as follows:

  • The State shall organise village panchayats to enable them to function as units of Self-governments.
  • The State shall endeavour to promote cottage industries on individual and co¬operative basis in small areas.
  • The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people and Scheduled Tribes in order to protect them from social injustice and forms of exploitation.
  • The State shall take steps to secure the improvement of public health and to bring about prohibition of the consumption except for medical purposes, of intoxicating drinks and of drugs which are injurious to health.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 6.
Describe four Directive Principles relating to International peace and security.
Answer:
Article 51 raises the obligations of the state to a still higher level, from the national to the international.

  • The state shall endeavour to promote international peace and security.
  • The state will maintain just and honourable relations between nations.
  • The State will foster respect for international law and treaty obligation.
  • The state will encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

Question 7.
Describe any four Liberal Principles as provided in the Directive Principles of State Policy.
Answer:
In this category are included those principles which are of a general and of liberal character. These include:

  • A uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.
  • To bring about the separation of judiciary from the executive.
  • To provide, within ten years from the commencement of the Constitution, free and Compulsory education to all children up to the age of 14 years.
  • To raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living of the people and the improvement of the public health.

Question 8.
What do you understand by the statement that Directive Principles are non-justiciable?
Answer:
Directive Principles, though declared ‘fundamental in the governance of the country’ are not justiciable. It means that the State cannot be sued in any court of law in case directive principles are violated or not implemented. The right to Constitutional remedies, as enshrined in Article-32 of the Constitution covers fundamental rights and not directive principles. .Thus, directive principles lack legal force. They confer no legal rights and create no legal remedies. They are not enforceable by the courts.

Question 9.
Justify that Directive Principles have gone a long way in establishing a Welfare State in India.
Or
How do the Directive Principles of State Policy help in the establishment of a Welfare State?
Answer:
The purpose of incorporating directive principles of State Policy in the Constitution is to make India a Welfare State. Prof. B.K. Gokhale has rightly said that “In brief they aim at the establishment of a Welfare State ” The directive principles which render welfare character to the Indian state may be summed up as under:

  • The State shall try to secure the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order.
  • The State shall provide adequate means of livelihood to all citizen men as well as wopien.
  • The State shall provide equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
  • The State shall secure right to work, to education and to public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness, etc.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 10.
Write any four Directive Principles of State Policy that have been implemented.
Answer:
The Directive Principles are not just pious wishes. Many of these principles have already been implemented. For instance:

  1. Untouchability, the age-old curse of the Indian society, has been made an offence punishable by law and a number of laws have been enacted for this purpose.
  2. Panchayats have been established in the remotest villages of our country and they have been vested with adequate powers to ensure their functioning as units of self-government.
  3. For the promotion of cottage industries the Government has established several boards, viz., All India
  4. Handloom Board, All India Khadi and Village Industries Board, etc.
    Steps like reservation of seats in educational institutions and posts in services have been taken to promote the interest of Scheduled castes and Scheduled tribes.

Question 11.
State any four points of difference between the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles.
Answer:
The following are the four main points of different between the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles:
1. Fundamental rights are like negative injunctions asking the state not do this or that, but the directive principles are like positive directions that the state should follow in order to establish the desired social and economic order.

2. The fundamental rights are justiciable, but the directives are not enforceable by courts.

3. The underlying object of the fundamental rights is to establish political democracy in India, while the purpose of directive principles is the establishment of economic democracy in our country.

4. The directive principles are in many cases of a wider scope than the fundamental, rights. The directive principles contained in Article 39 (b) and (c) enjoy precedence over the fundamental rights contained in Articles 14 and 19. The fundamental rights contained in other Articles enjoy primary over all the directive principles.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 12.
Explain briefly four main grounds on which Directive Principles are criticised.
Answer:
The Directive Principles have been attacked from several quarters as the most misleading and superfluous features of the Indian Constitution.

1.Lack of Legal Force. The Chapter of the Directive Principles has been carried down by the critics mainly on the ground that there is no legal force behind it. What cannot, be made legal binding should not have been contained in the Constitution.

2. Vague and Indefinite. Most of the Principles are vague and indefinite. The wisdom of some of these principles is open to serious doubt.

3. Self-imposed Directions are Meaningless. Directions are given by a superior to an inferior. But it looks funny and meaningless that a sovereign nation should issue directions to itself.

4. Means to implement Directive Principles not mentioned. Directive principles are like an end but to achieve the end no reference is made to the means. Means are not mentioned through which the Directive Principles have to be implemented.

Question 13.
Describe in brief the importance of Directive Principles.
Answer:
1. Guidelines for the Government. These principles guide each government regarding the internal and external policy of the state.

2. Declaration of Ideal of the Welfare State. The Directive Principles stand for a welfare state. These principles help in the relation of the ideals of social justice and economic democracy. When the state translates these principles into reality, India can justly claim to be a welfare state.

3. Barometer for Assessing the achievements of the Government, The directive principles are an important instrument in the hands of the people to judge the achievements of the government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are the main aims of the Directive Principles?
Answer:

  1. Most important aim of the Directive Principles is to establish social and economic democracy. They aim at the realisation of social and economic freedom without which political freedom has no meaning at all.
  2. Directive Principles guide the state legislature and executive in the governance of the country.

Question 2.
Discuss any two directive principles given in the Constitution.
Answer:

  • The state shall strive to promote the welfare of the people.
  • The state shall endeavour to secure a living wage and decent conditions of work.

Question 3.
State any two Directive Principles of State Policy which lay down the foundation of a Socialist Society in India.
Answer:

  • The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice-4social, economic and political shall inform all the institution of national life.
  • The State shall provide adequate means of livelihood to all citizens, men as well as women.

Question 4.
Explain any two Gandhian principles as provided in the Directive Principles of the State Policy.
Answer:

  • The State shall organise village panchayats to enable them to function as units of Self-governments.
  • The State shall endeavour to promote cottage industries on individual and co-operative basis in small areas.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 5.
Explain any two Directive Principles relating to International peace and security.
Answer:
Article 51 raises the obligations of the state to a still higher level, from the national to the international.

  • The state shall endeavour to promote international peace and security.
  • The state will maintain just and honourable relations between nations.

Question 6.
Describe any two Liberal Principles as provided in the Directive Principles of State Policy.
Answer:
In this category are included those principles which are of a general and of liberal character. These include:

  • A uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.
  • To bring about the separation of judiciary from the executive.

Question 7.
What do you understand by the statement that Directive Principles are non-justiciable?
Answer:
Directive Principles, though declared ‘fundamental in the governance of the country’ are not justiciable. It means that the State cannot be sued in any court of law in case directive principles are violated or not implemented.

Question 8.
How do the Directive Principles of State Policy help in the establishment of a Welfare State?
Answer:
The directive principles which render welfare character to the Indian state may be summed up as under:

  • The State shall try to secure the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order.
  • The State shall provide adequate means of livelihood to all citizen men as well as women.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 9.
Write any two Directive Principles of State Policy that have been implemented.
Answer:
The Directive Principles are not just pious wishes. Many of these principles have already been implemented. For instance:

  1. Untouchability, the age-old curse of the Indian society, has been made an offence punishable by law and a number of laws have been enacted for this purpose.
  2. Panchayats have been established in the remotest villages of our country and they have been vested with adequate powers to ensure their functioning as units of self-government.

Question 10.
Explain any two points of difference between the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles.
Answer:
The following are the four main points of different between the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles: .Fundamental rights are like negative injunctions asking the state not do this or that, but the directive principles are like positive directions that the state should follow in order to establish the desired social and economic order.

  1. The fundamental rights are justiciable, but the directives are not enforceable by courts.

Question 11.
Explain briefly two main grounds on which Directive Principles are criticised.
Answer:

Lack of legal force:
The Chapter of the Directive Principles has been carried down by the critics mainly on the ground that there is no legal force behind it. What cannot be made legal binding should not have been contained in the Constitution.

Vague and Indefinite: Most of the Principles are vague and indefinite. The wisdom of some of these principles is open to serious doubt.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 12.
Describe in brief the importance of Directive Principles.
Answer:

  1. Guidelines for the government. These principles guide each government regarding the internal and external policy of the state.
  2. Declaration of Ideal of the Welfare State. The Directive Principles stand for a welfare state. These principles help in the relation of the ideals of social justice and economic democracy.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention any one Directive Principle concerning the welfare of children.
Answer:
Within ten years from the enforcement of the constitution, the state will make provision for free and compulsory education for children up-to fourteen years of age.

Question 2.
In which part of the Indian Constitution and in which Articles, the Directive Principles of State Policy have been mentioned?
Answer:
Directive Principles of State Policy have been mentioned in the With part of the Indian Constitution from Art. 36 to Art 51.

Question 3.
Mention any one Socialistic Directive Principle.
Answer:
The state will provide the means of livelihood to all

Question 4.
Mention any one directive principle concerning social welfare.
Answer:
The state will create such a social order in which all the citizens will get social, economic and political rights in every sphere of national life.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 5.
Mention any one economic Directive Principle.
Answer:
The state will create such a social system in which the ownership and distribution of the physical and material resources of the country will be such as to achieve the interest of the common people.

Question 6.
Mention the one Directive Principle of State Policy which was incorporated in the Indian Constitution through the 42nd Amendment.
Answer:
By a proper law or any other method, the state will try for the objective that labourers get opportunities to participate in any business concerning industries and other such institutions.

Question 7.
Directive Principles are not justiciable. What do you mean by this statement?
Answer:
There is no legal sanction behind the Directive Principles.

Question 8.
Discuss the source of Directive Principles.
Answer:
The Irish Constitution.

Question 9.
What is the relevance of the Directive Principles of State Policy?
Answer:
Directive Principles are torch-bearer for the ruling party.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 10.
Write down any one Directive Principle concerning welfare of women.
Answer:
Men and women should get an equal salary.

Fill in the blanks

1. The Directive Principles of State Policy are enumerated in …………… of the Indian Constitution, under Article 36 to 51.
Answer:
Part-IV

2. The Constitution makes borrowed the idea of Directive Principles from the …………… Constitution.
Answer:
Irish

3. By …………… Amendment some New Directive Principles are also included in the Constitution.
Answer:
42nd

4. Directive Principles are fundamental in the …………… of the country.
Answer:
Governance

5. Fundamental Rights are justiciable while …………… of state policy are non-justiciable.
Answer:
Directive Principle.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

True or False Statement

1. Dr. Ambedkar described Directive Principles as a novel feature’ of the Constitution
Answer:
True

2. A uniform civil code throughout the territory of India as regarded the Gandhian principles.
Answer:
False.

3. The main object of the Directive principles is the establishment of welfare Gate.
Answer:
True

4. Directive Principles did not sepre the purpose of manifesto for political parties of India.
Answer:
False.

5. There is a legal force behind the Directive Principles.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Who said, “The Directive Principles of State Policy are like a cheque payable by the Bank at its convenience”?
(A) M.C. Chagla
(B) Nassirudin
(C) J.C. John
(D) KT. Shah.
Answer:
(B) Nassirudin

Question 2.
Framers of the Indian Costitution borrowed the idea of Directive Principles of the State from the Constitution of:
(A) England
(B) U.S. A.
(C) Ireland
(D) France.
Answer:
(C) Ireland

Question 3.
The purpose of Inclusion of Directive Principles in the Constitution is:
(A) To establish Political Democracy
(B) To establish Social Democracy
(C) To establish Social and Economic Democracy
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(C) To establish Social and Economic Democracy

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 21 Directive Principles of State Policy

Question 4.
Directive Principles of State Policy are mentioned under Articles:
(A) 14 to 32
(B) 19 to 22 .
(C) 12 to 34
(D) 36 to 51.
Answer:
(D) 36 to 51.

Question 5.
The nature of Directive Principles of State Policy is:
(A) Negative
(B) Positive
(C) Both Negative and Positive
(D) Neither Negative nor Positive.
Answer:
(B) Positive

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Critically evaluate the Fundamental duties given in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
By 42nd amendment after Part IV of the Constitution, Part IV-A is inserted in the Constitution which lays down fundamental duties of the Citizens. The fundamental duties are intended to serve as a constant reminder to every citizen that while the Constitution specially conferred upon him certain fundamental rights, equally the citizens are also required to observe certain basic norms of democratic conduct and democratic behaviour.

For the first time a set of 10 Fundamental Duties of citizens has been enumerated. One more fundamental duty was incorporated in Part 4 A of 51 A by the 86th Amendment made in Dec, 2002. Part IV A of 11 Fundamental Duties is by far the most fundamental and very important for every generation, present as well as future:

  1. It is the duty of every citizen to abide by the Constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the National Flag and the National Anthem.
  2. It is the duty of every citizen to cherish and follow the noble ideals which inspired our national struggle for freedom.
  3. It is the duty of every citizen to uphold and protect sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.
  4. It is the duty of every citizen to defend the country and render national service when called upon to do so.
  5. It is the duty of every citizen to promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood amongst all the people of India transcending religious, linguistic and regional or sectional diversities to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women.
  6. It is the duty of every citizen to value and preserve the rich heritage of its composite culture.
  7. It is the duty of every citizen to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wild life and to have compassion for living creatures.
  8. It is the duty of every citizen to develop the scientific temper, humanism and the spirit of inquiry and reform.
  9. It is the duty of every citizen to safeguard public property and to abjure violence.
  10. It is the duty of every citizen to strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective activity so that the nation constantly rises to higher levels of endeavour and achievements.
  11. To provide facilities of education to children by their parents.

Evaluation of Fundamental Duties. Inclusion of Fundamental Duties in the Constitution is a progressive step:
By inserting Fundamental Duties, 42nd Amendment has removed one of the biggest drawbacks of the Constitution. No country can develop unless its citizens pay more attention towards duties rather than towards rights. Mahatma Gandhi defined right “as duty well performed”.

The new chapter on Fundamental Duties, according to H.R. Gokhale, the then Law Minister of India, is the palm embodying noble ideals, rhythm, harmony with the impress of the hand of Prime Minister.” Addressing a seminar attended by the teachers on Sept. 5, 1976, the then Prime Minister Mrs. Gandhi said, “The inclusion of the chapter on Fundamental Duties in the Constitution will ultimately bring a change in the outlook and psychology of the people. So a peaceful revolution can be brought in the country with the performance of these duties by heart.”

But on the other hand, fundamental duties have been criticised and healthy criticism is made by Mr. Bhupesh Gupta in a Communist Party Publication. According to him, the Committee (Swarn Singh Committee) has not critically examined as to why the duties are implied or arise from the Constitution and existing statutory laws including the duties of the government have not been duly observed.

Why, for instance, the monopolists could get away with their calculated defiance of the duty not to indulge in economic activities and other business practices that lead to the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment? The implied duty under Article 39 (c) of the Constitution has been most cynically flouted. Or, how could the landlords escape their duty to respect the land ceiling laws? Why again despite many laws in favour of secularism and against communalism, the communal forces could grow so menacingly strong?

Some Duties are Vague. Another point of criticism is that some fundamental duties are vague and it is not possible for an average man to understand them. For example, the duties pertaining to upholding the noble ideals of the freedom struggle or the development of a “scientific temper and humanism and spirit of enquiry and reform” are not understood by ordinary citizens.

Lack of Legal Force. Another drawback of fundamental duties lies in their incorporation in Part IV of the Constitution. Without appropriate legal sanctions fundamental duties are mere pious wishes.

We conclude with the remarks of Bhupesh Gupta that the rights and duties of the citizens, fundamental or otherwise, must necessarily be such as would constantly strengthen the position of the toiling masses against the vested interests and reactions as well as their struggle for a better life and social progress. Whether the issue is one of rights or of duties, the correct answer can be found only from this popular and democratic approach.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Question 2.
Explain why the Fundamental Duties have been given an important place in the Indian Constitution?
Or
Assess the importance of Fundamental Duties in Indian Constitution. Is the status of Fundamental Duties the same as that of Fundamental Rights?
Answer:
The Indian Constitution in its original form did not contain fundamental duties of citizens. The fundamental duties were added in the Indian Constitution in 1976 through Forty-second Consitution Amendment Act. This forty second amendment added Article 51-A in the Consitution which contains ten fundamental duties for the Indian citizen.

The inclusion of fundamental duties in the Consitution itself bears testimony of the fact that fundamental duties have been given an important place in the Indian Consitution. The reasons there of are given below.
1. Inclusion of fundamental duties in the Constitution is a progressive step:
By inserting fundamental duties, 42nd Amendment has removed one of the biggest drawbacks of the Constitution. No country can develop unless its citizens pay more attention towards duties rather than towards rights. The proponents of the 42nd Amendment wanted to emphasise the dictum of Dharmashastras that ‘Your duty is your right’.

2. The fundamental duties are incorporated in the Constitution to develop a sense of nationalism and patriotic feelings among the citizens.

3. The fundamental duties help the citizens to follow a code of conduct that would strengthen the nation, protect its sovereignty and integrity.

4. The fundamental duties help the state in performing its diverse duties.

5. The fundamental duties promote ideals of harmony, unity, common brotherhood and religious tolerance.

6. The fundamental duties strive for excellence in individual and collective activities.

7. The fundamental duties have been given an important place in the Constitution because they inculcate a sense of social responsibility
among the citizens.

In brief, we can say that the purpose of giving to the fundamental duties an important place in the Consititution is to make the Indian citizens conscious of their individual and national reponsibilties. The status of fundamental duties is not the same as that of fundamental rights. Fundamental rights are justiciable whereas fundamental duties are not.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention any four fundamental duties of the Indian citizen.
Answer:

  • It is a fundamental duty of every citizen to abide by the constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the National Flag and National Anthem.
  • It is a duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.
  • It is a duty of every citizen to defend the country and render national service when called upon to do so.
  • It is a fundamental duty of every citizen to safeguard public property and to abjure violence.

Question 2.
Why the Fundamental Duties have been given an important place in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
By 42nd amendment Part IV A is inserted in the Constitution which lays down fundamental duties of the citizens. Fundamental duties have been given an important place in the Indian Constitution due to following reasons:

1. Inclusion of fundamental duties in the Constitution is a progressive step. By inserting fundamental duties, 42nd Amendment has removed one of the biggest drawbacks of the Constitution. No country can develop unless its citizens pay more attention towards duties rather than towards rights. The proponents of the 42nd Amendment wanted to emphasise the dictum of Dharmashastras that ‘your duty is your right.

2. The fundamental duties are incorporated in the Constitution to develop a sense of nationalism and patriotic feelings among the citizens.

3. The fundamental duties help the citizens to follow a code of conduct that would strengthen the nation, protect its sovereignty and integrity.

4. The fundamental duties help the state in performing its diverse duties.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Question 3.
Explain briefly the significance of fundamental duties.
Answer:
1. In the original constitution fundamental duties were not mentioned in the Constitution. Hence the citizens were conscious about their fundamental rights and not about their duties. Thus, by inserting fundamental duties in the constitution an important defect of the constitution is removed.

2. Inclusion of fundamental duties in the Constitution is in accordance with the modern view. According to modern view, rights and duties go side by side.

3. Fundamental duties included in the Constitution are not controversial. These duties are in accordance with the Indian culture.

4. Fundamental duties are having moral value.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Point out any two fundamental duties of the Indian citizen.
Answer:

  • It is a fundamental duty of every citizen to abide by the constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the National Flag and National Anthem.
  • It is a duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.

Question 2.
What is our duty towards the ideals and institutions, National Flag and National Anthem?
Answer:
It is the duty of every citizen of India to obey the supreme law of the land as enshrined in the constitution. It is our duty to have respect towards national ideals and institutions and the symbols of national sovereignty and unity. Every citizen of the country should respect the National Flag and National Anthem.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Question 3.
Explain briefly the significance of fundamental duties.
Answer:
1. In the original constitution fundamental duties were not mentioned in the Constitution. Hence the citizens were conscious about their fundamental rights and not about their duties. Thus, by inserting fundamental duties in the constitution an important defect of the constitution is removed.

2. Inclusion of fundamental duties in the Constitution is in accordance with the modem view. According to modern view, rights and duties go side by side.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by Fundamental Duties?
Answer:
The duties of citizens, which have been mentioned in the constitution, are called Fundamental Duties,

Question 2.
Mention any one Fundamental Duty included in the constitution.
Answer:
To honour the constitution, national flag and national song.

Question 3.
Mention any one drawback of Fundamental Duty incorporated in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
No provision has been made to enforce Fundamental Duties.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Question 4.
How many Fundamental Duties were incluued earlier in the con¬stitution?
Answer:
10 Fundamental Duties were included earlier (in 1976) in the constitution.

Question 5.
At present, how many Fundamental Duties are mentioned in the Indian Constitution?
Answer:
At present, 11 Fundamental Duties are mentioned in the Indian Constitution.

Fill in the blanks

1. Fundamental duties have been added in the Constitution by …………… amendment.
Answer:
42nd

2. …………… is inserted in the Constitution which lays down eleven Fundamental Duties.
Answer:
Part IV-A

3. The Indian …………… in its original form did not contain Fundamental Duties of citizens.
Answer:
Constitution

4. There is no …………… sanction behind Fundamental Duties.
Answer:
Legal

5. One duty is added by …………… amendment of the Constitution.
Answer:
86th.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

True or False statement

1. There are 11 Fundamental Duties incorporated in the Constitution.
Answer:
True

2. One of the Fundamental duties is that it is the duty of every citizen to safeguard public property and to adjure violence.
Answer:
True

3. Inclusion of fundamental duties in the Constitution is not a progressive step.
Answer:
False

4. Critic said that some fundamental duties are vague.
Answer:
True

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1. Fundamental duties of the citizens were added in the Constitution by the following amendment:
(A) 42nd
(B) 44th
(C) 45th
(D) 73rd.
Answer:
(A) 42nd

Question 2.
Fundamental duties are contained in the following part of the constitution:
(A) Part-I
(B) Part-IV
(C) Part-IV-A
(D) Part-VI.
Answer:
(C) Part-IV-A

Question 3.
In Indian Constitution, there are:
(A) 9 Fundamental Duties
(B) 10 Fundamental Duties
(C) 11 Fundamental Duties
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(C) 11 Fundamental Duties

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 20 Fundamental Duties

Question 4.
In Part IV-A of the Constitution, how many Fundamental Duties are mentioned?
(A) Eleven
(B) Nine
(C) Seven
(D) Six.
Answer:
(A) Eleven

Question 5.
Fundamental Duties were incorporated in the Indian Constitution in the year:
(A) 1976
(B) 1977
(C) 1978
(D) 1979.
Answer:
(A) 1976

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Modals Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Fill in the blanks with suitable Modals :

Question 1.
1. ……. I see my wife now, doctor ? (Can/Could) (not very sure)
2. ………….. I smoke here? (May/Might)
3. He ………….. help you if you ask him. (will/shall)
4. Rahul …………… drive a car even at the age of twelve. (can/could)
5. This …………… be a Satyajit Ray film. (may/might) (not very sure)
6. He ……………. be hiding. (can/may) (doubt but rather sure)
7. Ram …………… come today. (can/might/may) (very uncertain).
8. …………… I take leave of you ? (Can/May) (asking permission)
9. It ……………. rain today. (can/may) (greater possibility)
10. As he tried his best, he ………….. easily win the game. (can/could)
Answer:
1 Could
2. May
3. will
4. Could
5. might
6. can
7. might
8. May
9. can
10. Could

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Question 2.
1. You ………….. complete your homework now. (should/must) (compulsion)
2. You ………… be home by 11 o’clock. (should/must) (order)
3. Rita ………….. speak English fluently. (can/would) (showing ability)
4. He told me that he ……………. return to his native land soon. (will/would)
5. Mohan ………….. still be lying in bed. (will/must) (habitual prediction)
6. That ………….. be the postman. (will/must) (prediction)
7. I ………….. smell a fire burning. (can/will) (showing ability)
8. Diana …………… have suffered badly after the car crash. (must/shall) (supposition)
9. I …………. like to have a cup of coffee. (will/would) (wish)
10. ……………. that I were rich ! (Will/Would) (a wish)
Answer:
1. must
2. must
3. can
4. would
5. must
6. must
7. can
8. must
9. would
10. would

Question 3.
1. Duty …………… be done. (should/must) (greater determination)
2. I wish he ……………. stand first. (will/would) (to express a wish)
3. We ………….. respect our elders. (should/must) (to express duty in a more determined sense)
4. How ………….. you talk to me like this ? (need/dare)
5. How ……………. you do it ! (dare/need) (challenge)
6. Your headache ………….. also be due to some other problem. (can/could) (not very sure)
7. I am sure it ………… be cured. (can/may) (very sure)
8. It ……………. be Jaya. (can/may) (not very sure)
9. I ……………. go to the bazaar today. (may/can) (not very sure)
10. Ram …………… take exercise daily. (must/should) (less determination)
Answer:
1. must
2. would
3. must
4. dare
5. dare
6. could
7. can
8. may
9. may
10. should

Question 4.
1. We …………. serve our country. (ought to/ should) (not so forceful)
2. You ………….. not waste your time. (should/must) (more forceful)
3. If wishes were horses, beggars …………….. ride. (will/would)
4. …………… I take her out, mother? (Can/Could) (more polite)
5. ……………. I come in, sir ? (May/Can) (more formal)
6. It …………. rain today. (may/might) (less uncertain)
7. The sun …………. rise in the east. (will/shall) (to express general facts)
8. Had you worked hard, you …………… have passed. (would/should)
9. I …………. rather die than beg. (will/would) (to express a preference)
10. Walk fast lest you …………… miss the train. (shall/should)
Answer:
1. ought to
2. must
3. would
4. Could
5. May
6. May
7. will
8. would
9. would
10. should

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Question 5.
1. I told him that he …………… take the test. (can/could)
2. You ………….. leave now. (may/might) (permission in a less formal manner)
3. The teacher ………….. be busy at this time. (can/must) (to express a greater possibility)
4. She told me that he ………….. go. (will/would)
5. I …………… teach him a lesson. (will/would) (to express a threat)
6. She …………… marry Sham. (will/must) (insistence)
7. You …………… attend the evening class. (must/will) (greater compulsion)
8. …………… you give me a glass of water, please ? (Can/Could) (request in a more formal manner)
9. You …………. reach there in time. (must/should) (order in a more determined sense)
10. ………… I answer your question ? (Should/Need) (requirement)
Answer:
1. could
2. may
3. must
4. would
5. will
6. must
7. must
8. should
9. must
10. Need

Question 6.
1. It ………….. be true. (may/might) (very unsure)
2. I wish I ……………. help you, but I have my own problems. (can/could)
3. ….. that I were a king ! (Will/Would)
4. If I were the Prime Minister, I ………….. fight corruption. (will/would)
5. Had I reached the station in time, I ……………. have caught the train. (will/would)
6. This is a film you …………… not avoid. (must/can) (insistence)
7. I ………….. dance Bharatanatyam. (can/may) (ability)
8. You …………. not leave without my permission. (will/shall) (threat)
9. He was so weak that he ………….. not walk. (could/would)
10. I told him that he ………….. leave. (can/could)
Answer:
1. might
2. Could
3. Would
4. Would
5. Would
6. must
7. can
8. shall
9. could
10. could

Question 7.
1. He …………. like to spend an evening with you. (will/would)
2. The headmaster …………… check all these accounts. (should/dare)
3. ……………. you like to take coffee ? (Can/Would)
4. If you meet him, you ………….. tell him about it. (might/must)
5. He …………… be rich, but he is very cruel. (will/may)
6. We ……………. show respect to our elders. (ought to/can)
7. The doctor told me that I …………… not smoke any more. (must/will)
8. …………… you possibly lend me a thousand rupees ? (Could/Will)
9. You …………… not enter my class, I forbid it. (must/will)
10. We ………….. keep our neighbours as happy as we can. (may/should)
Answer:
1. Would
2. should
3. Would
4. must
5. may
6. ought to
7. must
8. could
9. must
10. should

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Question 8.
1. I …………… help him with money before I leave for London. (will/would)
2. The children asked if they ………….. have ice cream. (can/could)
3. We ………….. do as we are told. (can/should)
4. Work hard lest you …………… fail. (may/should)
5. You …………. respect your elders. (ought to/can)
6. ……………. I come in ? I am sorry to be late. (May/Shall)
7. He has been absent for a fortnight, he …………. be ill. (must/will)
8. You …………. not see him, just write a letter. (need/dare)
9. We ………….. go to the station by taxi, it is getting late. (may/should)
10. I ……………. not come yesterday since I was too busy. (would/could)
Answer:
1. will
2. could
3. should
4. should
5. ought
6. May
7. must
8. need
9. should
10. could

Question 9.
1. You …………… clean your teeth every morning. (shall/should)
2. It ………….. rain today. (may/might) (very little possibility)
3. This box is very heavy; I ……………. lift it. (can’t/may not)
4. You ………….. take a taxi or you will miss the train. (shall/should)
5. …………… you like to read this book ? (Will/Would)
6. ………. you lift this elephant ? (Can/Will)
7. It is getting late; we …………… go home. (should/can)
8. I ………….. run five miles in an hour.(can/shall)
9. You ………….. go out for a walk every day. (must/may)
10. Why didn’t you inform me ? I ……………. have lent you the money. (can/could)
Answer:
1. should
2. might
3. can’t
4. should
5. Would
6. Can
7. should
8. can
9. must
10. could

Question 10.
1. …………… you finish your work in two hours ? (Can/May)
2. …………… his soul rest in peace ! (May/Might)
3. The doctor says that I ……………. eat anything I like. (can/may)
4. Walk carefully lest you ……………. sprain your foot. (may/should)
5. You ………….. not take this trouble. I’ll do that. (need/may)
6. The door of his room is not locked, he …………… be in. (may/shall)
7. Forty years ago, only the rich …………… think of owning – a radio set. (can/could)
8. ………… you like to get rid of that troublesome fellow ? (Would/Can)
9. You …………… not hurry; there is plenty of time. (need/may)
10. You …………. have returned these books last week. (should/shall)
Answer:
1. Can
2. May
3. can
4. should
5. need
6. may
7. could
8. Would
9. need
10. should

Auxiliary Verb

(सहायक क्रिया)-जिस Verb का अपना कोई महत्त्व न हो, किन्तु वह मुख्य Verb के साथ मिल कर Tense के बनाने में सहायता करे, उसे Auxiliary Verb अथवा Helping Verb कहा जाता है; जैसे

1. She is going home.
2. I have finished my work.
3. You will win a prize.
4. I can solve this question.
5. He was playing cricket.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

Types Of Auxiliaries

सहायक क्रियाएं दो प्रकार की हो सकती हैं
1. Primary Auxiliaries : Be : am, is, are, was, were, do, does, did, have, has,had.
2. Modal Auxiliaries : Will, would, shall, should, can, could, may, might, must (am to, is to, are to, have to, etc.) ought to, used to, need, dare.

The Use Of Some Modals

Will and Shall का प्रयोग Will और Shall सम्बन्धी प्रयोग के लिए निम्नलिखित नियम ध्यान में रखिए
In Assertive Sentences

(1) यदि किसी भविष्य की घटना का केवल साधारण रूप में ही वर्णन करना हो, तो
First Person के लिए shall का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Second और Third Persons के लिए will का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
1. I shall finish my work quickly.
2. He will finish his work quickly.
3. We shall not be able to come.
4. They will not be able to come.

(2) यदि वाक्य में किसी भविष्य सम्बन्धी आदेश (command), प्रण (promise), निश्चय (determination),
धमकी (threat), आदि का वर्णन हो तो
First Person के लिए will का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
Second और Third Person के लिए shall का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
1. I will return your money without fail.
2. We will not withdraw from the contest.
3. You shall be punished for your misconduct.
4. You shall not live in my house any longer.

Would तथा Should का प्रयोग

(1) Would का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Will का Past.
1. I told him that I would come.
2. The doctor knew that the patient would die.

2. प्रार्थना वाचक
1. Would you close the window ?
2. Would you tell me the time ?

3. शर्त वाचक
1. He would pass if he worked hard.
2. He would have passed if he had worked hard.

(2) Should का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है-

1. उपदेश वाचक — You should give up smoking.
2. सम्भावना वाचक — They should be here by now.
3. नैतिक फर्ज — You should do your duty.
4. Shall at Past — He told me that I should / would pass.

Can तथा Could का प्रयोग

(1) Can का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. योग्यता सूचक — She can dance very well.
2. इजाज़त सूचक — You can go home now.
3. सम्भावना सूचक — It can happen to anyone.
4. Pr. Cont. की जगह — I can hear people talking.

(2) Could का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जात है

1. शर्त वाचक
1. I could lift this box (if I tried).
2. I could buy a shirt (if I had money)

2. प्रार्थना वाचक
1. Could (Would) you tell me the time?
2. Could (Would) you bring me a glass of water ?

3. सम्भावना सूचक
1. One of the prisoners escaped yesterday. He could be anywhere now.
2. I could be in the USA by next year.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

4. Can का Past
1. He said that I could go.
2. He could come to me any time he liked.

May तथा Might का प्रयोग 

(1) May का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. अनुमति / इजाज़त सूचक
1. You may go now.
2. May I come in, sir ?

2. सम्भावना सूचक
1. His statement may (can / could) be true.
2. His plan may (can / could) succeed.

3. इच्छा / प्रार्थना सूचक
1. May you live long !
2. May our country prosper !

(2) Might का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. May or Past
1. He said that I might go.
2. I thought that he might help her.

2. भावी सम्भावना
1. He might (may) pass this year.
2. He might (may) reach here by evening.

3. इजाज़त होना
1. Might I have your pen ?
2. You might do me a favour.
(May की अपेक्षा might में अधिक झिझक और विनम्रता का संकेत होता है।)

Must का प्रयोग

Must का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है1. उपदेश सूचक
1. You must consult some good doctor.
2. You must work hard this year.

2. आवश्यकता सूचक
1. You must be back by evening.
2. The students must bring their books daily.

3. सम्भावना सूचक
1. The child must be hungry.
2. He must have made some big mistakes

4. बन्धन / मजबूरी सूचक …
1. You must do as you are told…
2. He must clear his accounts before leaving.

Ought to तथा Used to का प्रयोग

(1) Ought के साथ सदा to का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
(Ought to = Should)
Ought to का प्रयोग (should की भान्ति) निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. नैतिक फर्ज़
1. You ought to respect your elders.
2. You ought to have helped the poor.

2. इच्छा-योग्य सम्भावना
1. Mohan ought to win the race this time.
2. You have worked hard. You ought to get good marks.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Modals

3. इच्छा-योग्य जरूरत
1. He ought to build a new house now.
2. There ought to be some more buses.
(इस तालिका में दिए गए सभी वाक्यों में ought to के स्थान पर should का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।)

(2) Ought की भान्ति used भी एक ऐसा modal है जिसके साथ to का प्रयोग करना ज़रूरी होता है।
1. He used to live here.
2. He never used to live here.
3. Used he to live here ?

Need का प्रयोग

(1) Auxiliary के रूप में Need का प्रयोग केवल Negative और Interrogative वाक्यों में किया जाना
चाहिए। इसका प्रयोग किसी सन्देह (doubt) अथवा मनाही (prohibition) को ज़ोरदार ढंग से व्यक्त करने के लिए किया जाता है।
1. Need I go there ? No, you needn’t.
2. Need she come tomorrow ? No, she needn’t.

(2) Need का Third Person Singular सदा need ही होता है, न कि needs।
1. Need Mohan go there now ?
2. He need not worry any more.

(3) प्रश्नवाचक वाक्यों में need का प्रयोग तभी किया जाता है जब negative उत्तर वांछित हो।
Need you go there?
No, I needn’t.

(4) Interrogative और Negative वाक्यों में need के साथ to का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है।
Need he do any work?
No, he needn’t do any work.

Dare का प्रयोग

(1) Auxiliary के रूप में dare का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है
1. Negative वाक्यों में।
2. Interrogative वाक्यों में।
3. सन्देह (doubt) व्यक्त करने वाले वाक्यों में।
4. ऐसे वाक्यों में जिन में hardly, never, no one, nobody का प्रयोग किया गया हो।

(2) जब dare का प्रयोग auxiliary के रूप में किया गया हो, तो इसके साथ to का प्रयोग नहीं किया | जाता है।
(3) Dare का Third Person Singular सदा dare ही होता है, न कि dares
Examples:
1. He dare not fight with me. (Negative)
2. Nobody dared ask him about his intentions. (Negative)
3. Dare he come to my house? (Interrogative)
4. I wonder whether he dare try. (Doubt)

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the Nature of Fundamental Rights as mentioned in our Constitution.
Answer:
Part III (Arts. 14 to 32) of the Indian Constitution contains the list of fundamental rights. These fundamental rights can broadly be divided into three categories. First, rights granted exclusively to the citizens of India; Second rights granted to all persons residing in India irrespective of the fact whether they are the citizens of India or not; Third, rights granted to a group of citizens.

The Constitution of India does not merely contain the bill of rights, they are not simply paper rights. These rights have been made justifiable . i. e. there is force of law behind them. The courts have been entrusted with responsibility to enforce them when and where they have been violated. They are thus the props of the Indian democracy.

Features or Nature of Fundamental Rights:
The following are the salient features of the Fundamental Rights contained in the Indian Constitution :
1. All Citizens are equally entitled to the Fundamental Rights:
The Constitution unequivocally declares that rights contained in Part III of the Constitution are to be enjoyed by all the citizens of India.These rights are not meant for any particular caste, class, religion or the residents of a province. There can be no discrimination.

2. Fundamental Rights are not absolute:
Another significant feature of these rights is that they are not absolute. The Constitution of India imposes direct restrictions on these rights. It also empowers the Government to impose reasonable restriction’s on the enjoyment of these rights. Thus the Constitution empowers the government to put reasonable restrictions on the fundamental rights in the interest of the sovereignty and integrity of India, security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, decency or morality. Reasonable restrictions can also be put on the fundamental rights in the interest of the general public or for the protection of the interests of any Scheduled Tribes.

3. Fundamental Rights place certain limitations on the State also:
The theory of fundamental rights implies limited government. Accordingly, fundamental rights impose restrictions on the State as well. For example, the State cannot discriminate against citizens on ground of caste, class, race, sex, religion, place of birth, place of residence, etc. Similarly, citizens cannot be deprived of the right to equality before law. Again, there is the right to equality of opportunity in public employment to all the citizens.

4. Fundamental Rights can be suspended:
Another significant feature about the fundamental rights is that they can be restricted or suspended as the circumstances demand.

5. Fundamental Rights are Justifiably:
The judiciary has been vested with the responsibility to act as the guardian of these rights. The right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Fundamental Rights is itself a guaranteed right as provided for in Art. 32 of the Constitution. Thus, whenever the State (as defined in Part III of the Constitution) or any other authority encroaches upon the rights of a person, the latter can move the Supreme Court and the High Courts for the enforcement of his rights.

The Supreme Court and the High Courts are empowered to issue “Directions or order or writs whichever may be appropriate” for the enforcement of the rights. The Judiciary is thus the protector and the guarantor of Fundamental Rights.

6. No Natural and Unenumerated Rights in the Indian Constitution:
The Indian Bill of Rights is not based on the theory of natural rights. The theory of natural rights insists that there are certain rights of man which he possessed even before the State itself came into existence. The Constitution of India does not recognize such a proposition. Our fundamental rights have been specified in Part III of the Constitution. A right which has not been enumerated in Part III is not a fundamental right.

7. They can be amended:
Fundamental Rights can be amended by the procedure given in Art. 368. According to this Article, only Parliament is competent to amend the provisions of the fundamental rights with two-third majority of the total membership of the Parliament.

8. Special Constitutional Provision for the Enforcement of Fundamental Rights:
Another important feature of Fundamental Rights in India is that there is a special constitutional provision for their enforcement. The right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Fundamental Rights is provided in Article 32 of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 2.
Explain briefly the scheme of Fundamental Rights as contained in the Indian Constitution.
Or
Explain in brief the fundamental rights enshrined in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The fundamental rights enumerated in the Indian Constitution are the most elaborate in the world. The Constitution of India provides for Fundamental Rights by developing a complete and separate Part (Part III) and classifies them under six categories. Six Fundamental Rights are as follows:

1. Right to Equality Arts. 14-18.
2. Right to Liberty, Arts. 19-22.
3. Right against Exploitation, Arts. 23-24.
4. Right to Freedom of Religion, Arts. 25-28.
5. Cultural and Educational Rights, Arts. 29-30.
6. Right to Constitutional Remedies. Arts. 32.

1. Right to Equality (Articles 14 to 18):
The Constitution declares all the citizens of India to be equal in the eyes of law. Law provides equal protection to all. Right to equality does not mean absolute equality. Nor does it imply that all should be entitled to identity of treatment and income. The positive concept of equality is that special privileges of all kinds should be abolished. There should be no difference between a man and a man on the ground of birth, wealth, caste, class, creed, religion, language, etc. Right to equality is the cornerstone of domocracy.

2. Right to Freedom (Articles 19 to 22):
Articles 19-22 of the Constitution gurantee to the the citizens Rights to Freedom. Article 19 guarantees six freedoms viz. (1) Right to Freedom of Speech and Expression ; (2) Right to Assemble peacefully and without arms ; (3) Right to form Associations ; (4) Right to move freely throughout the territory of India ; (5) Right to reside and settle in any part of the territory of India, and (6) Right to practise any profession. Articles 20 to 22 guarantee personal liberty.

3. Right against Exploitation (Articles 23-24):
The Constitution of India recognises the dignity of the individual and protects him against any form of exploitation either by the State or by the privileged classes in the society. Art. 23 provides that traffic in human beings and begaar (forced labour) and similar other forms of forced labour are prohibited.

Art. 24 prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 in any factory, mine or any other hazardous (dangerous) employment.

4. Right to Freedom of Religion (Articles 25-28):
Articles 25-28 deal with the right to freedom of religion, Right to freedom of religion has been guaranteed to all persons, residing in India. Art. 25 provides that subject to public order, morality and health, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of concience and the right to profess, practise and propagate religion.

Art 28. prohibits imparting of religious instruction in any educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds.

5. Cultural and Educational Rights. (Articles 29 and 30):
Under Articles 29 and 30, the Constitution guarantees certain cultrual and educational rights. No citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State receiving aid out of State funds on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them.

Art. 29 protects the interests of the minorities in India.

Art. 30 provides that all minorities, whether based on religion or language, shall have the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.

6. Right to Constitutional Remedies. (Article 32):
Art. 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by part III of the Constitution. Under Art. 226, the High Courts have also been empowered to issue order, directions and writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights. The. judiciary can set aside laws and executive orders if they are violative of the fundamental rights.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 3.
Discuss the right to equality as given in the Constitution.
Or
Discuss the provisions relating to the Right to Equality as mentioned in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The Constitution declares all the citizens of India to be equal in the eyes of law. Law provides equal protection to all. Right to equality does not mean absolute equality. Nor does it imply that all should be entitled to indentity of treatment and income. The positive concept of equality is that special privileges of all kinds should be abolished. There should be no difference between a man and a man on the grounds of birth, wealth, caste, class, creed, religion, language, etc. Right to equality is the cornerstone of democracy. The right to equality is covered mainly by Articles 14-18. The right to equality means:

1. Equality Before Law:
Article 14 of the Constitution guarantees all persons equality before the law and equal protection of law within the territory of India. There can be no discrimination between one citizen and another on the basis of caste, class, creed, sex or any of them. This ensures the Rule of Law in the country.

2. No Discrimination:
Art. 15 provides that the State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. The same Article provides that all the citizens shall have access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment, the use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads, etc. However, nothing in this Article shall prevent the State from making any special provisions for women and children.

3. Equality of Opportunity:
Art. 16 guarantees equality of opportunties for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State. No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, be ineligible for, or discriminated against, in respect of any employment or office under the State. It means appointments shall be made on the basis of merit and not on extraneous considerations. The State has, however, the authority to make reservation of posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which is not adequately represented in the public services.

4. Abolition of Untouchability:
Untouchability has been a bane of the Indian society. Social justice is impossible to achieve where untouchability is practised in any form. Article 17 abolishes untouchability and its practice in any form is forbidden. All the citizens of India, irrespective of their caste and creed, have an equal access to public places, like parks, hotels, places of entertainment, roads and the use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, etc.

5. Abolition of Titles:
Art. 18 provides that no title, not being a military or academic distinction, shall be conferred by the State. Clause (2) of the Article prohibits citizens of India from accepting any title from any Foreign State. Clause (3) of the Article forbids aliens who hold any office of profit or trust under the State, from accepting without the consent of the President any title from any foreign State. They can, however, accept title from any foreign State relinquishing the posts they held under the State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 4.
Discuss right to Freedom as given in the Constitution.
Or
Explain the Right to Freedom..How can it be suspended?
Or
Mention the six freedoms guaranteed under Article 19 of Indian Constitution. Discuss any one of them.
Answer:
Articles 19-22 of the Constitution guarantee to the citizen Right to Freedom. Article 19 is the most important as it guarantees seven freedoms, viz.

  • Right to Freedom of Speech and Expression:
  • Right to Assemble peacefully and without arms:
  • Right to form Associations or Unions:
  • Right to move freely throughout the territory of India:
  • Right to reside and settle in any part of the territory of India:
  • Right to acquire, hold and dispose of property.
  • Right to practise any profession or to carry on any occupation trade or business. But 44th amendment omitted sub-clause (f) of clause (1) of Article 19 which guarantees to citizens the right to acquire, hold and dispose of property. Hence there are six freedoms guaranteed by Article 19.

Let it be repeated that none of these rights is absolute. Art. 19 can be divided into two parts. Clause (1) deals with the six freedoms guaranteed to the citizens and Clauses (2) to (61 refer to restrictions which can be put by the State. The makers of the Constitution did not like the idea of giving powers to the Supreme Court to determine the scope of these freedoms. Hence, the Constitution places direct restrictions on the enjoyment of these freedoms.

The Constitution also empowers the State to put restrictions on these freedoms. The restrictions should be reasonable and should be in public interest. The Constitution guarantees the freedom of speech and expression. But the State can put restrictions on the use of this right in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality or incitement to offense.

The citizens have the Constitutional right to organise meetings, but such meetings have not only’ to be peaceable and without arms but the State has been given the power of operating any law or making a new law imposing it in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order. In other words, if the state has a reasonable fear that a particular assembly might lead to a breach of peace or be prejudicial to the sovereignty or integrity of India, it can prohibit it. The citizens have the right to form associations or Unions but the state has the right to impose reasonable restrictions on them in the interest of the soverigntv or integrity of India or public order.

Similarly, right to move freely throughout the territory of India can be restricted in public interest. The Constitution guarantees the right to practise any profession or to carry on any occupation, trade or business. But the State can prescribe professional or technical qualifications. It is lawful to carry on, by a corporation owned or controlled by the State, any trade, business industry or service to the exclusion, complete or partial, of citizens or otherwise. It is under this provision that the net of public sector is ever spreading.

Personal Liberty. Articles 20-22 aim at protecting the individual’s life and personal liberty. Art. 20 lays down:

(i) No person shall be convicted of any offense except for violation of a law in force at the time of the commission of the act charged as offense;

(ii) No person shall be subjected to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under the law in force at the time of the commission of the offense;

(iii) No person shall be prosecuted and punished for the same offense more than once;

(iv) No person accused of any offense shall be compelled to be a witness against himself;

(v) Art. 21. provides that no person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. It means a person cannot be deprived of his life or personal liberty in an arbitrary manner. The procedure is to be established by law;

(vi) The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India; and

(vii) No person can be arrested in any arbitrary manner, nor can he be detained for an indefinite period. Art. 22 provides that whenever a person has been detained, he must be informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest, Secondly, the detained person shall have the right to consult and be defended by a lawyer of his own choice. Thirdly, he must be produced before the nearest magistrate within a period of 24 hours of such arrest.

Right to Education:
In Dec, 2002 the 86th Amendment was passed. According to this Amendment free and compulsory education became the Fundamental Right. According to this Amendment, the state shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the state may, by law, determine.

Preventive Detention:
Right to life or personal liberty is very important, no doubt. But Art. 22 provides for Preventive Detention also. Art. 22 (2) provides that every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magistrate within a period of 24 hours of such arrest. However, according to Art. 23 (3) this provision shall not be applicable on (a) enemy aliens and (b) persons held in custody under a law providing for preventive detention.

Both the Centre as well as the States can make such laws. The Union Parliament has the exclusive authority to enact laws providing for preventive detention for reasons connected with defence, foreign affairs or the security of the Union. A State Legislature can also pass laws providing for preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of the state; the maintenance of public order or the supplies and services essential to the community.

Least the Government should abuse its power, the Constitution provides some safeguards to persons arrested under the Preventive Detention law. The safeguards are:
1. Normally no person can be held under preventive detention for more than three months;

2. A person detained under preventive detention shall, as soon as possible, be informed of the grounds of the detention. However, the detaining authority can decline to disclose the facts in public interests;

3. The detained person shall have the right to defend himself by a counsel of his own choice;

4. The detained person can be held for more than three months only if an Advisory Board, consisting of persons who have been or are qualified to be appointed as judges of a High Court, after reviewing the case, is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for his detention beyond three months.

5. If the Advisory Board does not find any valid reason for the arrest the Government is bound to release the detenu. In England, it is not so. The Home Secretary is not bound by the recommendation of the Advisory Board.

In 1950 the Parliament passed the Preventive Detention Act. Originally this Act was passed for one year but was extended year after year till 1969. In 1971 the Maintenance of Internal Security Act (MISA) was enacted more or less on the same lines. In December, 1980, the Parliament passed the National Security Act providing for preventive detentions.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 5.
Discuss Right to Freedom of Religion.
Or
Describe the provisions made in the Indian Constitution to ensure the freedom of religion and establishment of Secular State in India.
Answer:
Articles 25-28 deal with the right to freedom of religion. Right to freedom of religion has been guaranteed to all persons residing in India. Art. 25 provides that subject to public order, morality and health, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right to profess, practise and propagate religion. In the words of Pylee, “The word propagate does not find a place in any other Constitution where it deals with religious freedom.”

One thing, however, must be noted. The Indian Constitution uses the word ‘propagate’ and not ‘convert’. Art. 25 permits the State to regulate economic, financial or other secular activities which may be associated with religious practice. The State may also provide for social welfare and reform or the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus. The Sikhs have been allowed to wear turban and carry kirpans.

Article 26 provides that subject to public order, morality and health, every religious demonination shall have the right
(i) to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes;

(ii) to manage its own affairs in matters of religion;

(iii) to own and acquire movable and immovable properpty; and

(iv) to administer such property in accordance with law. Art. 27 provides that no person shall be compelled to pay taxes the proceeds of which are specifically appropriated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or religious denomination.

Art. 28 prohibits imparting of religious instruction in any educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds. But this prohibition shall not apply to any educational institution which is established under any endowment or trust which requires that religious instruction should be imparted in such institution, even if that educational institution happens to be administered by the States.

The provision relating to the religious freedom clearly shows that ours is a Secular i State. The State has no religion of its own. The State is neither religious, nor irreligious, nor anti- religious. The State observes complete neutrality in religious matters. It is ‘ clearly laid down that the State shall not, in granting aid to educational institutions, discriminate against any educational institution on the ground of religion, Similarly for getting employment under the State, the State is not to bother about the religion of the candidate.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 6.
How are the Fundamental Rights protected by the Right to Constitutional Remedies?
Or
Describe the Right to Constitutional Remedies. Examine its importance.
Or
Discuss the Fundamental Right to Constitutional Remedies.
Answer:
The Constitution of India does not merely declare a list of rights. A mere declaration of fundamental rights is meaningless unless there is an effective machinery for their enforcement. Art. 32, “the very soul of the Constitution and the very heart of it” guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the v enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III of the Constitution.

The Supreme Court has been vested with the special jurisdiction and responsibility in the matter of the enforcement of Fundamental Rights. In the exercise of this jurisdiction, the Supreme Court is empowered to issue orders, directions and writs in the nature of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo Warranto and Certiorari, whichever may be appropriate. This power of the Supreme Court is not exclusive but is concurrent with that of the High Courts. Under Art. 226, the High Courts have also been empowered to issue orders, directions and writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights.

The judiciary can set aside laws and executive orders if they are violative of the fundamental rights. It is the duty of the judiciary to enforce the rights of the individual. Articles 13, 22 and 225 are the props of the Indian democracy. It is with the help of these Articles that rights of the individual are guaranteed. It should be noted that the Supreme Court will not entertain any application under Art. 32 unless the matter falls within the scope of any of the fundemantal rights guaranteed in Part III of the Constitution.

For the enforcement of fundamental rights, the Supreme Court can issue the following directions or orders or writs.
1. The Writ of Habeas Corpus:
Writ of Habeas Corpus is the most valuable writ for personal liberty. ‘Habeas Corpus’ means ‘Let us have the body’. A person when arrested moves the Court for the issue or writ of Habeas Corpus. It is an order by a Court to the detaining authority to produce the arrested person before it so that it may examine whether the person has been lawfully detained or not. If the Court is convinced that the person is illegally detained, it can issue orders for his release.

2. The Writ of Mandamus:
‘Mandamus’ is a Latin word which means ‘We command’. Mandamus is an order from a superior court to a lower court or tribunal or public authority to perform an act, which falls within its duty. It is issued to secure the performance of public duties and to enforce private rights withheld by public authorities. In short, it is a writ issued to a public official to do a thing which is a part of his official duty but which he has so far failed to do. This writ cannot be claimed as a matter of right. It is the discretionary power of the court to issue such writs.

3. The Writ of Quo-Warranto:
The word ‘Quo-Warranto’ literally means ‘by what warrants’. It is a writ issued with a view to restraining a person from acting in a public office to which he is not entitled. The writ of quo-warranto is used to prevent illegal assumption of any public office or usurpation of any public office by anybody. For example, a person of 60 years is appointed to fill a public office whereas the retirement age is 55. Now the appropriate High Court has a right to issue a writ of quo-warranto against that person and declare the office vacant.

4. The Writ of Prohibition:
Writ of Prohibition means to forbid or to stop and it is popularly known as ‘Stay Orders’. This writ is issued when a lower court or body tries to transgrees the limits of powers vested in it. It is a writ issued by a superior Court to a lower Court or a tribunal forbidding it to perform an act outside its jurisdiction. After the issue of this writ proceedings in the lower Court come to stay.

5. The Writ of Certiorari:
Literally, Certiorari means to be Certified. The writ of certiorari is issued by the Superior Court to some inferior court or tribunal to transfer the matter to it or to some other superior authority for proper consideration.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 7.
Explain why are the fundamental rights essential for the growth and development of the citizens.
Answer:
There is a great importance of the fundamental rights given in the Indian Constitution. The importance of Fundamental Rights may be summed up as under.

1. Greats conditions for better life:
The Fundamental Rights provide conditions for a better life of the individual. It is wrong to think that the restrictions put on fundamental rights have made them meaningless or valueless. These restrictions ensure a climate wherein all can develop their personality according to their genius. The fundamental rights ensure the fullest physical mental and moral development of every citizen and provide those basic freedoms and conditions which alone can make life worth living.

2. Check on the arbitrariness of the Govt:
The fundamental rights safeguard the individuals against any excesses of the state authority. They ensure the liberty of individual by putting restrictions on the arbitrariness of the Government. The jurisdiction of executive and legislature has been clearly laid down in the Constitution. The judiciary has been vested with the responsibility to act the protector and the guardian of the rights of the people. While deciding the famous Golak Nath Case, the Supreme Court observed that these rights are immutable and transcendental in character. They cannot be abridged or abrogated. Dr. Ambedkar said that the fundamental rights are the “heart and soul of Constitution”.

3. Protect the Interests of the Minorities:
The Fundamental Rights protect the interests of the minorities. The Fundamental Rights protect the language, script, culture and educational institutions of the minorities. Minorities have the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.

4. Source and Inspiration of Reform:
According to K.M. Pannikar, the Fundamental Rights in India have been the source and inspiration of the Reform Legislation as under the aegis ‘The Indian Parliament has been active in the matter of social legislation whether it be called by the Hindu code or by another name.” The other Constitutions also contain impressive bill of rights but in no other Constitutions “the expression positive or negative rights has provided so much impetus towards charging and rebuilding society for the common good.”

5. Create conditions for the development of the personality of the individual:
The fundamental rights motivate the individuals to develop their potential to the fullest extent. The fundamental rights ensure the welfare and enrichment of the individual personality.

6. Establishment of secular State:
The Constitution of India has made India a Secular State. Right to Freedom of religion ensures the positive aspect of secularism and it gives to the people the right to freely adopt and propagate any religion.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by the term ‘Fundamental Rights’?
Answer:
Legal rights mentioned in the Constitution are called Fundamental Rights. Such rights are beyond the Parliament’s power of amendment. In India, Japan, U.S.A., France, etc. citizens enjoy Funadmental Rights. Part III of the Indian Constitution embodies Fundamental Rights. Fundamental Rights are justiciable.

Question 2.
Mention any four salient features of the Fundamental Rights contained in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:

  • All citizens are equally entitled to the Fundamental Rights. These rights are not meant for any particular caste, class, religion or the residents of a province.
  • Fundamental Rights are not absolute. The Constitution of India imposes direct restrictions on these rights.
  • Fundamental Rights place certain limitations on the state also.
  • Fundamental Rights can be restricted or suspended as the circumstances demand.

Question 3.
Describe the four Fundamental Rights of Indian citizens.
Answer:
Fundamental rights of citizens are described in the third part of the Indian Constitution. The citizens enjoyed seven Fundamental Rights before 44th Amendment, but now six rights exist.
1. Right to Equality:
The Indian citizens enjoy the right to equality. No citizen can be discriminated against the other in the name of religion, caste, colour, creed and sex. All the citizens are euqal before law.

2. Rights to Freedom:
The citizens are given the right to freedom of speech, freedom of expression, freedom to assemble peacefully to consider some problem freedom to adopt any profession and right to personal liberty.

3. Right to Freedom of Religion:
The citizens enjoy the right to freedom of religion. Each individual is free to believe in any religion and worship any God.

4. Right to Freedom of Culture and Education:
The Constitution provides the right to freedom of cultural and education. Every race and community enjoy the right to have their own language, script, culture and literature. People are free to develop and expand them.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 4.
Briefly explain ‘Right to Equality’ as given in the Constitution.
Answer:
The right to equality is covered mainly by Articles 14-18.

  1. Article-14 of the Constitution guarantees all persons equality before the law and equal protection of law within the territory of India.
  2. Art.-15 provides that the state shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them.
  3. Art.-16 guarantees equality of opportunities for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the state.
  4. Art.-17 abolishes untouchability and its practice in any form is forbidden.
  5. Art.-18 provides that no title, not being a military or academic distinction shall be conferred by the state.

Question 5.
What do you mean by ‘Equality of Opportunity’?
Answer:
Art. 16 guarantees equality of opportunities for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State. No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, be ineligible for, or discriminated against, in respect of any employment or office under the State.

It means appointments shall be made on the basis of merit and not on extraneous considerations. The State, has however, the authority to make reservation of posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which is not adequately represented in the public services.

Question 6.
Mention the rights regarding freedom granted in Article-19 of our Constitution. Which of the rights has been taken away from this Article.
Answer:
Article 19-22 to the Constitution guarantee to the citizens right to freedom. Article-19 guarantees six freedoms viz.

  1. The freedom to speech and expression.
  2. The freedom to assemble peacefully and without arms.
  3. The freedom to form associations.
  4. The. freedom to move anywhere in the country.
  5. The freedom to reside and settle down.
  6. The freedom to adopt any profession or occupation.

None of these rights is absolute. It may be pointed out that the original constitution provided for right to aquire, hold and dispose of property, but this right was deleted by 44 Amendment. Thus from June, 1979 the right to property ceased to exit to be a fundamental right.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 7.
Explain the right to personal liberty.
Answer:
Article-20 to 22 aims at protecting the individual’s life and personal liberty. Article-20 lays down:

  1. No person shall be convicted of any offence except for violation of a law in force at the time of the commission of the act charged as offence.
    No person shall be subjected to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under the law in
  2. force at the time of the commission of the offence.
  3. No person shall be prosecuted and punished for the same offence more than once;
  4. No person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself;
  5. Article-21 provides that no person shall be deprived of his personal liberty except procedure established by law.
  6. No person can be arrested in an arbitrary manner. Nor can he be detained for an indefinite period.

Question 8.
What do you understand by Right against Exploitation?
Answer:
The Constitution of India recognises the dignity of the individual and protect him against any form of exploitation either by the State or by the privileged classes in the society. Act 23 provides that traffic in human beings and begaar (forced labour) and similar other form of forced labour are prohibited. This article prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 in factory, mine or other hazardous employment.

Question 9.
What do you understand by Right to Freedom of Religion?
Answer:
Article 25-28 deal with the right to freedom of religion. Right to freedom of religion has been guaranteed to all persons residing in India.

Art. 25 provides that subject ot public order, morality and health, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right to profess, practise and propagate religion.

Article. 26 provides that subject to public order, morality and health, every religious denomination shall have the right

  • to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes;
  • to manage its own affairs in matters of religion;
  • to own and acquire movable and immovable property; and
  • to administer such property in accordance with law.

Art. 27 provides that no person shall be compelled to pay taxes the proceeds of which are specifically appropriated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or religious domination. Art. 28 prohibits imparting of religious instruction in any educational institution wholly maintained out of state funds.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 10.
What do you understand by Cultural and Educational Rights?
Or
Mention any two Fundamental Rights which Constitution confers on minorities.
Answer:
Article-29 and 30 guarantees certain cultural and educational rights to the minorities:
1. Article-29 provides that any section of the citizens presiding in the territory of India or any part thereof having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to conserve the same.

2. Article-30 provides that all minorities, whether based on religion or languages shall have the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice. The State shall not in granting aid to educational institutions, discriminate against any educational institution on the ground that it is under the management of a minority.

Question 11.
Explain briefly the Right to Property.
Answer:
The Constitution originally provided for right to property in its Articles 19 and 31. Article 19 guarantees to every citizen the right to acquire, hold and dispose of property subject to reasonable restrictions. Article 31 guarantees the right of private property and the right to enjoy and dispose of property. But 44th Amendment omitted right to property from the category of fundamental rights and made the same right a legal right.

Right to property was deleted from the fundamental rights because the right to property created obstacle in the goal of the achievement of socialist pattern of society. The word ‘Compensation’ was a great stumbling block. The Supreme Court struck down the Anti- Zamindari Laws. Hence by 44th Amendment, Right to Property was deleted.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 12.
Identify any two situations in which the fundamental rights can be restricted.
Answer:
Following are the two situations in which the fundamental rights can be restricted.
1. Suspension of Fundamental Rights:
When the President declares emergency under Article-352, Fundamental Rights given under Article-19 (Six freedoms) are automatically suspended throughout the country. These suspensions of fundamental rights continuous until the proclamation of emergency ends. By another order President can suspend any or all the rights conferred by Part-Ill.

2. Suspension of the Right to Move the Court:
During the proclamation of emergency under Article-352, the President can suspend the right to move the courts to enforce any other fundamental rights. All proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights may remain suspended for the period during which proclamation is enforced or for such short period as may be specified in the order. But the right to move the court for the enforcement of the right to life and personal liberty under Article-20 and 21 cannot be suspended.

Question 13.
What do you understand by Right to Constitutional Remedies?
Answer:
Right to Constitutional remedies is a protector right of the fundamental rights of the citizens. Article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of fundamental rights. The Supreme Court has been vested with the special jurisdiction and responsibility in the matter of the enforcement of fundamental rights.

In the exercise of this Jurisdiction, the Supreme Court is empowered to issue orders, directions and writs in the nature of Habeas Corps, Mandamus etc. Under Art. 226 the High Courts have also been empowered to issue orders, directions and writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 14.
What is meant by a Writ of Habeas Corpus.
Answer:
Writ of Habeas Corpus is the most valuable writ for personal liberty, ‘Habeas Corpus means ‘Let us have the body’. A person when arrested moves the Court for the issue of writ of Habeas Corpus. It is an order by a Court to the detaining authority to produce the arrested person before it so that it may examine whether the person has been lawfully detained or not. If the Court is convinced that the person is illegally detained, it can issue orders for release.

Question 15.
What is meant by a Writ of Mandamus?
Answer:
“Mandamus’ is a Latin word which means “We command’. Mandamus is an order from a superior court to lower court or tribunal or public authority to perform an act, which falls within its duty. It is issued to secure the performance of public duties and to enforce private rights withheld by public authorities. The Supreme Court and the High Courts are empowered to issue writ of Mandamus.

Question 16.
Explain the meaning of Writ of Quo-warranto.
Answer:
The writ of quo-warranto is used to prevent illegal assumption of any public office or usurpation of any public office by anybody. For example, a person of 60 years is appointed to fill a pubbc office whereas the retirement age is 55. Now the appropriate High Court has a right to issue a writ of quo-warranto against that person and declare that office vacant.

Question 17.
Explain the term Writ of Prohibition.
Answer:
Writ of Prohibition means to forbid or to stop and it is popularly known as ‘Stay order’. This writ is issued when a lower court or body tires to transgress the limits of powers vested in it. It is a writ issued by a superior court to a lower court or a tribunal forbidding it to perform an act outside its jurisdiction. After the issue of this writ proceedings in the lower court come to stay.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 18.
Mention any four points against Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
Fundamental Rights are criticised on following grounds:

  • There are too much limitations on Fundamental Rights.
  • Preventive Detention prohibits personal liberty.
  • Language of Fundamental Rights is difficult and not clear.
  • Rights can be suspended during emergency.

Question 19.
Discuss the importance of Fundamental Rights.
Or
Mention any four points in favour of Fundamental Rights.
Answer:

  • Fundamental Rights create necessary condition for the development of personality of citizens.
  • Fundamental Rights check the despotism of the government.
  • Fundamental Rights establish social equality.
  • Fundamental Rights are the foundation stones of Indian democracy.

Question 20.
Write a short note on the importance of Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
There is a great importance of the fundamental rights given in the Indian Constitution. It is wrong to think that the restrictions put on fundamental rights have made them meaningless or valueless. These restrictions ensure a climate wherein all can develop their personality according to their genius. The fundamental rights ensure the fullest physical, mental and moral development of every citizen and provide those basic freedoms and conditions which alone can make life worth living.

The fundamental rights safeguard the individuals against any excesses of the state authority. They ensure the liberty of individual by putting restrictions on the arbitrariness of the Government. The jurisdiction of executive and legislature has been clearly laid down in the Constitution. The judiciary has been vested with the responsibility to act the protector and the guardian of the rights of the people.

Question 21.
Write a note on “Right to Education”.
Answer:
Right to education is a Funadmental Right. In Dec. 2002 the 86th Amendment was passed. According to this Amendment free and compulsory education become Fundamental Rights. According to this Amendment ‘The state shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the state may, by law, determine.

Question 22.
Write down the various limits on Right to Liberty.
Answer:
Right to Liberty can be limited on accounts of the following:

  • Sovereignty and national integrity of India.
  • Security of the country.
  • Contempt of courts.
  • To maintain law and order.
  • Encouragement to violence and crime.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by ‘Fundamental Rights’?
Answer:
Legal rights mentioned in the Constitution are called Fundamental Rights. Such rights are beyond the Parliament’s power of amendment. In India, Japan, U.S.A., France, etc. citizens enjoy Fundamental Rights.

Question 2.
Discuss any two salient features of the Fundamental Rights contained;in the Indian Constitution.
Answer:

  • All citizens are equally entitled to the Fundamental Rights. These rights are not meant for any particular caste, class, religion or the residents of a province.
  • Fundamental Rights are not absolute. The Constitution of India imposes direct restrictions on these rights.

Question 3.
Describe the two Fundamental Rights of Indian citizens.
Answer:

  1. Right to Equality: The Indian citizens enjoy the right to equality. No citizen can be discriminated against the other in the name of religion, caste, colour, creed and sex. All the citizens are euqal before law.
  2. Rights to Freedom: The citizens are given the right to freedom of speech, , freedom of expression, freedom to assemble peacefully to consider some problem, freedom to adopt any profession and right to personal liberty.

Question 4.
What do you understand by Right against Exploitation?
Answer:
Act 23 provides that traffic in human beings and begaar (forced labour) and; sirtiilar other form of forced labour are prohibited. This article prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 in factory, mine or other hazardous employment.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 5.
What do you understand by Right to Freedom of Religion?
Answer:
Article 25-28 deal with the right to freedom of religion. Right to freedom of religion has been guaranteed to all persons residing in India.

Question 6.
What do you understand by Cultural and Educational Rights?
Answer:
Article-29 and 30 guarantees certain cultural and educational rights to the minorities:

  1. Article-29 provides that any section of the citizens presiding in the territory of, India or any part thereof having a distinct language, script or culture of its own i shall have the right to conserve the same.
  2. Article-30 provides that all minorities, whether based on religion or languages shall have the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.

Question 7.
What do you understand by Right to Constitutional Remedies?
Answer:
Right to Constitutional remedies is a protector right of the fundamental rights of the citizens. Article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of fundamental rights. The Supreme Court has been vested with the special jurisdiction and responsibility in the matter of the enforcement of fundamental rights.

Question 8.
Explain any two points against Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
Fundamental Rights are criticised on following grounds:

  • There are too much limitations on Fundamental Rights.
  • Preventive Detention prohibits personal liberty.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 9.
Mention any two points in favour of Fundamental Rights.
Answer:

Fundamental Rights creat necessary condition for the development of personality of citizens.
Fundamental Rights check the despotism of the government.

Question 10.
Write a note on “Right to Education”.
Answer:
Right to education is a Funadmental Right. In Dec. 2002 the 86th Amendment was passed. According to this Amendment ‘The state shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the state may, by law, determine.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by Fundamental Rights?
Answer:
Those legal rights which are mentioned in the Constitution are called as Fundamental Rights.

Question 2.
In which part of the Constitution have the Fundamental Rights been described?
Answer:
The Fundamental Rights have been described in the third chapter of the Indian Constitution.

Question 3.
Write down any one feature of the Fundamental Rights given in the Indian constitution.
Answer:
Fundamental Rights are for all the citizens.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 4.
Why have the Fundamental Rights been mentioned in the Constitution?
Answer:
The Fundamental Rights of the citizens have been mentioned in the Indian constitution so that they may be guaranteed to all the citizens without any kind of discrimination.

Question 5.
How many Fundamental Rights are mentioned in Constitution in these days?
Answer:
These days the citizens are given six kinds of Fundamental Rights.

Question 6.
Mention any one right given under the Right to Equality.
Answer:
In Art. 14 of the Constitution, the words like “Equality before Law” and “Equal Protection of Law” have been used side by side.

Question 7.
Mention any one fundamental right given by the Constitution to minorities.
Answer:
According to Art. 30, all minorities whether religious ’ linguistic, have the right to establish and manage educational institution as they wish.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 8.
Explain the principle, ‘Equality before law.
Answer:
Equality before law means that all are equal before law and no one enjoys any privilege.

Fill in The Blanks

1. Right granted by the Constitution are called …………………. Right.
Answer:
Fundamental

2. …………………. of the Indian Constitution deals with the fundamental rights.
Answer:
Part-III

3. All …………………. are equally entitled to Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
Citizens

4. Fundamental Rights are of …………………. and negative nature both.
Answer:
Positive

5. Article …………………. deals with the Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
12 to 35.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

True or False statement

1. Fundamental Rights are the integral part of the Constitution.
Answer:
True

2. Fundamental Rights are absolute.
Answer:
False.

3. Fundamental Rights are not justiciable
Answer:
False.

4. Fundamental Rights can be amended.
Answer:
True

5. Article 14 to 18 are related to Right to freedom.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Choose the correct Answer

Question 1.
At present there are:
(A) 8 Fundamental Rights
(B) 5 Fundamental Rights
(C) 7 Fundamental Rights
(D) 6 Fundamental Rights.
Answer:
(D) 6 Fundamental Rights.

Question 2.
Article 19 guarantees:
(A) Six Freedoms
(B) Seven Freedoms
(C) Five Freedoms
(D) Four Freedoms.
Answer:
(A) Six Freedoms

Question 3.
Right to Property has been taken out of list of Fundamental Rights by:
(A) 42nd Amendment
(B) 45th Amendment
(C) 44th Amendment
(D) 43rd Amendment
Answer:
(C) 44th Amendment

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 19 Fundamental Rights

Question 4.
Which of the following is not a Fundamental Rights?
(A) Right to Equality
(B) Right to Property
(C) Right to Freedom
(D) Right against Exploitation.
Answer:
(B) Right to Property

Question 5.
By which amendment, Fundamental Duties were included In the Constitution?
(A) 44th Amendment
(B) 43rd Amendment
(C) 42nd Amendment
(D) 45th Amendment.
Answer:
(C) 42nd Amendment

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

Punjab State Board PSEB 9th Class Hindi Book Solutions Chapter 10 साए Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 9 Hindi Chapter 10 साए

Hindi Guide for Class 9 PSEB साए Textbook Questions and Answers

(क) विषय-बोध

1. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक-दो पंक्तियों में दीजिए

प्रश्न 1.
परिवार वाले हर रोज़ किसकी राह देखते थे?
उत्तर:
परिवार वाले हर रोज़ घर के मुखिया की राह देखते थे।

प्रश्न 2.
घर का मुखिया कारोबार करने कहाँ गया हुआ था?
उत्तर:
घर का मुखिया कारोबार करने के लिए अफ्रीका गया हुआ था।

प्रश्न 3.
अज्जू बड़ा होकर क्या बनना चाहता था?
उत्तर:
अज्जू बड़ा होकर इन्जीनियर बनना चाहता था।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 4.
अजू को नैरोबी में मिला वृद्ध व्यक्ति कौन था?
उत्तर:
अज्जू को नैरोबी में मिला वृद्ध व्यक्ति उसके मृत पिता का दोस्त था।

2. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर तीन-चार पंक्तियों में दीजिए

प्रश्न 1.
नैरोबी के अस्पताल से आए पत्र को पढ़कर पत्नी परेशान क्यों हो गई?
उत्तर:
नैरोबी से आए पत्र को पढ़कर पत्नी इसलिए परेशान हो गई क्योंकि वह पत्र उसके पति का था। उसका पति बहुत बीमार था। उसके शरीर का रोग काबू से बाहर होता जा रहा था। रंगभेद के कारण उसे यूरोपियन अस्पताल में जगह मिलने में भी बहुत कठिनाई उठानी पड़ी थी। काफ़ी कुछ कहने कहलवाने के बाद उसे अस्पताल में जगह मिल पाई थी। डॉक्टरों ने ऑपरेशन की सलाह दी थी। अब उसके बचने के आसार बहुत ही कम थे। ऐसे समय में उसे अपने बच्चे और पत्नी बहुत याद आ रहे थे।

प्रश्न 2.
घर से जाने वाले पत्र में अज्जू और तनु के बारे में क्या-क्या लिखा था?
उत्तर:
घर से अफ्रीका जाने वाले पत्र में अजू और तनु के बारे में लिखा था कि-बच्चे अपने पिता को बहुत याद करते हैं। उन्हें देखने के लिए तरसते रहते हैं। उनके द्वारा दी गई सभी हिदायतों का पालन करते हैं। पढ़ने में बहुत मेहनत करते हैं। अज्जू तो बड़ा होकर पापा की तरह अफ्रीका जाना चाहता है। वह इन्जीनियर बनना चाहता है। वह बारह वर्ष का हो गया है। वह छठी कक्षा में प्रथम स्थान पर आया है। तनु अठारह वर्ष की हो गई है। उसका विवाह करना हैआदि बातें लिखी होती थीं।

प्रश्न 3.
तनु के लिए वर सहज रूप से मिल जाने का क्या कारण था?
उत्तर:
तनु के लिए वर सहज रूप से मिल जाने का कारण तनु के पिता का अफ्रीका में काम करना था। लड़के वालों को लंगा कि पिता विदेश में है। खूब धन कमा रहा होगा। लड़की की शादी में धन की कोई कमी न रहेगी। शादी खूब धूम-धाम से होगी। दहेज की भी उन्हें कोई चिंता न थी। इसलिए जल्दी ही एक खाते-पीते घर का लड़का मिल गया।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 4.
अज्जू के लिए अफ्रीका से क्या-क्या आया था?
उत्तर:
अजू जब हाई स्कूल की परीक्षा में जिले भर में प्रथम आया तो उसने इसकी सूचना अपने पिता को अफ्रीका भेजी। उसने बहुत-से सर्टिफ़िकेटों तथा खेल-कूद में भी मिलने वाली वस्तुओं के फ़ोटो अपने पिता जी को भेजे। पिता ने भी वहाँ से अज्जू के लिए एक कीमती कैमरा भेजा। गर्म सूट का कपड़ा भेजा। सुन्दर-सी एक घड़ी भेजी तथा इसके साथ ही मर्मस्पर्शी एक लम्बा पत्र भी भेजा।

प्रश्न 5.
पढ़ाई पूरी करने के बाद अज्जू ने अफ्रीका जाने का निर्णय किन-किन कारणों से किया?
उत्तर:
पढ़ाई पूरी करने के बाद अजू नौकरी की तलाश में इधर-उधर भटकने लगा। उसे नौकरी कहीं नहीं मिल रही थी। उसके मन में पिता से मिलने की लालसा बढ़ती जा रही थी। बचपन से उसने अपने पिता को नहीं देखा था। वह उसने मिलना चाहता था। प्यार से बातें करना चाहता था। पिता के प्यार को पाना चाहता था। इसके लिए उसने अचानक पिता के पास जाने का निर्णय किया ताकि वह अपने पिता के सामने अचानक पहुँच कर उन्हें चौंका सके।

प्रश्न 6.
अज्जू को अंत में पिता के जिगरी दोस्त ने भरे गले से क्या बताया?
उत्तर:
अज्जू को उसके पिता के जिगरी दोस्त ने बताया कि अजू के पिता तो उसके बचपन में ही मर गए थे। अज्जू के पिता ने और उसने साझे में कारोबार शुरू किया था। उनके हिस्से का रुपया वह लगातार भेजे जा रहे थे। उन्हें वर्षों से अजू के आने का इंतजार था ताकि वह अपने पिता का कारोबार संभाल सके। उसने अपने दोस्त को जो वचन दिया था उसे पूरा कर दिया। उनके परिवार को बिखरने नहीं दिया।

3. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर छः-सात पंक्तियों में दीजिए

प्रश्न 1.
वृद्ध व्यक्ति का चरित्र-चित्रण कीजिए।
उत्तर:
कहानी में वृद्ध व्यक्ति का चरित्र एक सज्जन और अच्छे मित्र के रूप में प्रस्तुत किया गया है। वृद्ध व्यक्ति मित्रता का सच्चा और जीता जागता उदाहरण है। उसने अपने मरते मित्र को उसके परिवार का पालन-पोषण करने का जो वचन दिया था, वह उसे आजीवन निभाता है। वह नियमित रूप से मृत मित्र के घरवालों को रुपये भेजता था। तनु के विवाह के लिए रुपये, जेवर तथा कपड़े भेजे। समय-समय पर उपहार भेझे। सांत्वना और दिलासा देने के पत्र निरन्तर परिवार को लिखता रहा। परिवार और बच्चों को दुःख न हो इसके लिए उसने परिवार वालों से दोस्त मृत्यु का दु:खद समाचार नहीं बाँटा। दोस्त के बच्चों को अपने ही बच्चों के समान प्यार और स्नेह दिया। अजू को पिता के बारे में पता न चले इसलिए उसने अज्जू को अफ्रीका आने से मना कर रखा था। सही अर्थों में वृद्ध व्यक्ति एक सच्चा मित्र, अच्छा इन्सान और विवेकशील व्यक्ति था।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 2.
वृद्ध व्यक्ति ने अजू और उसके परिवार की देखभाल में क्या भूमिका निभाई और क्यों?
उत्तर:
वृद्ध व्यक्ति ने अज्जू और उसके परिवार की देखभाल में बड़ी ही महत्त्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाई। वह लगातार परिवार के सम्पर्क में रहा। उसने परिवार की प्रत्येक आवश्यकता का ध्यान रखा। समय-समय पर परिवार की धन आदि से सहायता की। पत्रों के माध्यम से जीवन जीने की प्रेरणा दी। तनु का विवाह स्वदेश में ही करने की सलाह दी। विवाह में स्वयं न जाकर रुपए, जेवर तथा कपड़े भेजे। बच्चों की सच्चाई न बताकर उन्हें एक सफल तथा ज़िम्मेदार व्यक्ति बनाया। वृद्ध व्यक्ति ने ऐसा इसलिए किया था क्योंकि उसने अपने मृत मित्र को वचन दिया था कि वह उसके परिवार का ध्यान रखेगा। परिवार को टूटने या बिखरने नहीं देगा। बच्चों की देखभाल में कोई कमी नहीं छोड़ेगा।

प्रश्न 3.
‘साए’ कहानी के शीर्षक की सार्थकता स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर:
जिस प्रकार माँ-बाप अपने बच्चे का नाम रखने में सतर्कता रखते हैं ठीक उसी प्रकार लेखक हिमांशु जोशी ने भी अपनी कहानी ‘साए’ का नामकरण करते समय पूरी सावधानी रखी है। उसने कहानी के नामकरण में मौलिकता, संक्षिप्ता तथा जिज्ञासावर्धक तत्वों को समाहित किया है। आकर्षक और उपयुक्त ‘साए’ नाम वाली रचना पाठक एवं आलोचक को स्वयं ही आकर्षित कर लेती है। ‘साए’ कहानी में नामकरण घटना या चरित्र पर आधारित न होकर प्रतीकात्मकता का सहारा लिए हुए हैं। कहानी का शीर्षक प्रतीक रूप में अपनी सार्थकतापूर्ण किए हुए। वृद्ध व्यक्ति का अपना मित्र धर्म पालन करना एक उदाहरण है। दूसरा उदाहरण बच्चों का अपने पिता के आने तथा उनके होने का जो आसरा सदैव बना रहता है वह ‘साए’ शीर्षक की सार्थकता को पूर्णतः सार्थक सिद्ध करता है। अतः कहानी का शीर्षक ‘साए’ मित्रता, ईमानदारी तथा भाईचारे की भावना को हृदय तक पहुँचाने में पूर्ण समर्थ है।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

4. निम्नांकित कथनों के भावार्थ स्पष्ट करो

  • • “तिनकों के सहारे तो हर कोई जी लेता है लेकिन कभी-कभी हम तिनकों के साए मात्र के आसरे भंवर से निकलकर किनारे पर आ लगते हैं।”
  • “हम दुर्बल होते हुए, असहाय, अकेले होते हुए भी कितने-कितने बीहड़ वनों को पार कर जाते हैं, आसरे की एक अदृश्य डोर के सहारे……”

उत्तर:

  • लेखक ने उक्त पंक्तियों के माध्यम से मनुष्य को यह समझाना चाहा है कि किसी सहारे या आसरे के साथ तो प्रत्येक मानव जीवन जी ही लेता है लेकिन कभी-कभी जब वह सहारा या आसरा समाप्त हो जाता है तब हम उसकी छाया या साए को ही सहारा समझ कर जीवन की भँवर पार लग जाते हैं। हमें अपना जीवन जीने में कोई कठिनाई नहीं होती। जीवन सरल लगने लगता है। जीवन में आने वाली बाधाएँ सरलता से पार होने लगती हैं। जीवन बोझ की बजाए प्यारा और सुगम लगने लगता है।
  • उक्त पंक्तियों का भावार्थ यह है कि जब व्यक्ति के पास कोई उम्मीद या उस उम्मीद से जुड़ी हुई हल्की-सी भी रोशनी होती है तो वह सारी रुकावटों को पार करता हुआ जीवन क्षेत्र में आगे बढ़ता जाता है। उसे रोकने वाला तब कोई नहीं होता। वह कमज़ोर, हताश, निराश, परेशान होते हुए भी एक न दिखने वाली उम्मीद एवं सहारे के आसरे विषम से विषम स्थितियों को पार करता चला जाता है। जीवन की समस्त कठिनाइयाँ सरलता से उसके अनुकूल होती जाती हैं। कठिनाई सुगमता में बदल जाती है।

(ख) भाषा-बोध

1. निम्नलिखित शब्दों के लिंग बदलिए

पुल्लिंग – स्त्रीलिंग
पति – ……………….
युवक – ……………….
वर – ……………….
बेटा – ……………….
बच्चा – ……………….
मज़दूर – ……………….
उत्तर:
पति – पत्नी
युवक – युवती
बेटा – बेटी
बच्चा – बच्ची
वर – वधु
मज़दूर – मज़दूरिन।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

2. निम्नलिखित शब्दों में उपसर्ग तथा मूल शब्द अलग-अलग करके लिखिए

शब्द – उपसर्ग – मूल शब्द
अबोध – ……….. – ………..
असहाय – ……….. – ………..
अदृश्य – ……………. – ………..
असुरक्षा – ………….. – ………..
अप्रवासी – ……………. – ………..
विलंब – …………….. – ………..
विलीन – ………………. – ………..
विमान – ………….. – ……………
उत्तर:
शब्द – उपसर्ग – मूल शब्द
अबोध – अ – बोध
असहाय – अ – सहाय
अदृश्य – अ – दृश्य
असुरक्षा – अ – सुरक्षा
अप्रवासी – अ – प्रवासी
विलंब – वि – लंब
विलीन – वि – लीन
विमान – वि – मान

3. निम्नलिखित शब्दों के प्रत्यय तथा मूल शब्द अलग-अलग करके लिखिए

शब्द – मूल शब्द – प्रत्यय
मेहमानदारी – ……….. – ………….
भारतीय – ……….. – ………….
स्वाभाविक – ……….. – ………….
नियमित – ……….. – ………….
आसानी – ……….. – ………….
आवश्यकता – ……….. – ………….
उत्तर:
मेहमानदारी – मेहमान – दारी
भारतीय – भारत – ईय
स्वाभाविक – स्वभाव – इक
नियमित – नियम – इत
आसानी – आसान – ई
आवश्यकता – आवश्यक – ता

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

4. निम्नलिखित तद्भव शब्दों के तत्सम रूप लिखिए

तद्भव – तत्सम
ब्याह – ………………
बूढ़ा – ………………
भाई – ………………
हाथ – ………………
रात – ………………
घर – ………………
पाँव – ………………
आज – ………………
दो – ………………
मुख – ………………
उत्तर:
तद्भव – तत्सम
ब्याह – विवाह
बूढ़ा – वृद्ध
भाई – भ्राता
हाथ – हस्त
रात – रात्रि
घर – गृह
पाँव – पाद
आज – अद्य
दो – द्वि
मुख – मुँह

(ग) रचनात्मक अभिव्यक्ति

प्रश्न 1.
वृद्ध व्यक्ति ने अपने मरते हुए जिगरी दोस्त को जो वचन दिया था उसे पूरा किया; यदि आप उस वृद्ध की जगह होते तो क्या करते?
उत्तर:
यदि ‘मैं’ उस वृद्ध व्यक्ति की जगह होता तो मैं भी उसी के समान अपने दिए हुए वचन का पालन करता। परिवार को किसी भी स्थिति में बिखरने न देता। कभी-कभार मित्र की ओर से बच्चों को मिलने अवश्य जाता। उनकी पारिवारिक दशा को अपनी आँखों से देख कर उनकी परेशानियों को दूर करने का प्रयत्न करता। मित्र की पुत्री में समस्त सामान के साथ उसे आशीर्वाद देने के लिए स्वयं उपस्थित होता।

प्रश्न 2.
परिवार को पिता की मृत्यु की सूचना न देकर पिता के जिगरी दोस्त ने अच्छा किया या बुरा। – अपने विचार लिखें।
उत्तर:
परिवार को पिता की मृत्यु की सूचना न देकर पिता के जिगरी दोस्त ने अच्छा किया। क्योंकि यदि परिवार को घर के मुखिया की मृत्यु की सूचना मिलती तो पत्नी अवश्य उनकी मृत्यु आघात सहन न कर पाती। वह मर जाती। बच्चे अनाथ हो जाते। उनका पालन-पोषण ठीक से न हो पाता। अज्जू उच्च शिक्षा न ग्रहण कर पाता। तनु का विवाह एक अच्छे परिवार में न होता। जीवन के सभी परिदृश्यों का ध्यान करते हुए पिता के जिगरी दोस्त ने पिता की मृत्यु का समाचार न देकर जो कार्य किया वह. परिस्थितियों के अनुसार अति उत्तम था।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 3.
यदि पिता का मित्र पत्र और पैसे न भेजता तो परिवार की क्या हालत होती?
उत्तर:
यदि पिता का मित्र पत्र और पैसे न भेजता तो परिवार टूट जाता पारिवारिक स्थिति एक दम डगमगा जाती। घर में खाने के लाले पड़ जाते। बीमार माँ का इलाज न हो पाता। बच्चे अच्छे स्कूल में न पढ़ पाते। समाज में नाम और प्रतिष्ठा न मिल पाती। कोई भी अच्छा घर तनु के लिए रिश्ता लेकर न आता। परिवार का पिता के आने की उम्मीद तथा उनके साए का सहारा चकनाचूर हो जाता।

प्रश्न 4.
क्या पत्र की जगह फैक्स, ई-मेल, टैलीफोन तथा मोबाइल ले सकते हैं?
उत्तर:
बड़े शहरों और महानगरों में संचार साधनों के तेज़ विकास तथा अन्य कारणों से पत्रों की आवाजाही पूरी तरह से प्रभावित हुई है, लेकिन देहाती दुनिया आज भी पत्रों पर चल रही है। फैक्स, ई-मेल, टेलीफ़ोन तथा मोबाइल ने पत्रों को तेजी से रोका है, लेकिन देश का अभी भी बहुत बड़ा भाग पत्रों पर ही निर्भर और आश्रित है। आज व्यापारिक डाक की संख्या लगातार बढ़ रही है। भविष्य में फैक्स, ई-मेल, टेलीफोन आदि चिट्ठियों की जगह ले सकते हैं।

प्रश्न 5.
आप भविष्य में क्या बनना चाहते हैं?
उत्तर:
‘मैं’ भविष्य में एक अध्यापक बनना चाहता हूँ। अध्यापक बनने के कई कारण हैं। अध्यापक सबसे पहले अनुशासन स्थापित करता है और अनुशासन ही राष्ट्र की नींव होती है। अध्यापक बनकर मैं अनुशासन स्थापित करने की योजना बनाऊँगा आज के बच्चे कल का नया भारत बनते हैं। उन्हें अच्छी शिक्षा देकर समाज को दृढ़ता प्रदान करूँगा। अपने आचरण को बेहतर बनाकर बच्चों के समझ उदाहरण प्रस्तुत करूँगा क्योंकि बच्चों में अनुकरण की प्रवृत्ति होती है। अत: वह मेरे आचरण और कार्यों को देखकर मुझसे प्रभावित होंगे। इसलिए ‘मैं’ अध्यापक बनना चाहता हूँ।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

(घ) पाठेत्तर सक्रियता

1. ‘सच्ची मित्रता’ पर कुछ सूक्तियाँ चार्ट पर लिखकर कक्षा में लगाइए।
2. ‘जैसी कथनी वैसी करनी’ विषय पर कक्षा में चर्चा कीजिये।
3. परोपकार और ईमानदारी विषय पर कहानियाँ पढ़िये।
4. पत्र-लेखन विधा के अनेक संग्रह और संकलन हैं जैसे :- “पिता के पत्र पुत्री के नाम’ – जवाहर लाल नेहरू, ‘गांधी जी के पत्र’-मोहन दास कर्मचंद गांधी, ‘सुभाष के पत्र’-नेता जी सुभाष चंद्र बोस आदि-इन्हें पढ़िए।

(ङ) ज्ञान-विस्तार

1. केन्या (कीनिया)-केन्या गणतन्त्र पूर्वी अफ्रीका में स्थित एक देश है। भूमध्य रेखा पर हिन्द महासागर से सटे हुए इस देश की सीमा उत्तर में इथोपिया, उत्तर-पूर्व में सोमालिया, दक्षिण में तन्जानिया, पश्चिम में युगांडा और विक्टोरिया झील और उत्तर पश्चिम में सूडान से मिलती है। देश की राजधानी नैरोबी है। राजभाषाएँ स्वाहिली और अंग्रेज़ी हैं।
2. भँवर : नदी के बहाव में वह स्थान जहाँ पानी चक्कर की तरह घूमता है।
3. पासपोर्ट : पासपोर्ट एक राष्ट्रीय सरकार द्वारा जारी एक दस्तावेज़ होता है जो अंतरर्राष्ट्रीय यात्रा के लिए उसके धारक की पहचान और राष्ट्रीयता को प्रमाणित करता है। पहचान स्थापित करने के लिए नाम, जन्मतिथि, लिंग और जन्म स्थान के विवरण इसमें प्रस्तुत किये जाते हैं। आमतौर पर एक व्यक्ति की राष्ट्रीयता और नागरिकता समान होती है।
4. वीज़ा : वीज़ा लैटिन शब्द कार्टा वीज़ा से लिया गया है जिसका शाब्दिक अर्थ होता है , ‘वह कागज़ जो देखा गया हो’। वीज़ा इंगित करता है कि अमुक व्यक्ति वीजा जारी करने वाले देश में प्रवेश के लिए अधिकृत है। वीजा वह दस्तावेज़ होता है जो एक व्यक्ति को किसी अन्य देश में प्रवेश करने की अनुमति देता है। वीज़ा एक अलग दस्तावेज़ के रूप में भी हो सकता है लेकिन अधिकतर यह आवेदक के पासपोर्ट पर ही एक मोहर के रूप में पृष्ठांकित किया जाता है। वीजा जारी करने वाले देश आमतौर पर इसके साथ कई शर्ते जोड़ देता है जैसे वीजा की वैधता, वह अवधि जिसके दौरान एक व्यक्ति उस देश में रह सकता है, दिए गए वीज़ा पर व्यक्ति कितनी बार यात्रा कर सकता है, आदि।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Guide साए Important Questions and Answers

प्रश्न 1.
‘साए’ कहानी का मूलभाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर:
‘साए’ कहानी मित्रता और सद्भाव प्रधान कहानी है। कहानी का मूलभाव लोगों में मैत्री की भावना का प्रचार और प्रसार करना है। यह कहानी लोगों को प्रेरणा देती है कि हमें कठिनाई के समय मित्र का साथ नहीं छोड़ना चाहिए। मित्र की ज़िम्मेदारियों को अपनी ज़िम्मेदारी समझना चाहिए। अपने दिए हुए वचन का पालन करना चाहिए। स्वार्थ लोलुपता से दूर रहना चाहिए। जिस प्रकार कहानी में वृद्ध व्यक्ति ने अपने मृतक मित्र के परिवार की यथोचित सहायता की, उसी प्रकार हमें भी अपने जीवन में इसी प्रकार के भावों तथा विचारों को अपनाकर अपने जीवन स्तर को ऊँचा उठाना चाहिए।

प्रश्न 2.
सच्ची मित्रता की परख कैसी की जाए?
उत्तर:
लेखक का मत है कि एक सच्चे मित्र में वैद्य के समान कुशलता और परख होती है। जिस प्रकार एक वैद्य रोगी के रोग की परीक्षा करके और उचित दवाई देकर उसे रोग से मुक्त कर देता है, उसी प्रकार एक सच्चा मित्र अपने मित्र की दुर्बलताओं और त्रुटियों को ढूंढ़कर उन्हें दूर करने में सहायक होता है। एक सच्चे मित्र में माँ के गुण भी होते हैं। जिस प्रकार माँ स्नेह, कोमलता और धैर्य की प्रतीक होती है, उसी प्रकार सच्चा मित्र भी माता के समान स्नेह एवं धैर्य से अपने मित्र को बुरे मार्ग से हटाकर अच्छे मार्ग पर बढ़ने की प्रेरणा देता है।

प्रश्न 3.
मित्र का चुनाव करते समय हमें किन बातों का ध्यान रखना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
लेखक ने मित्र को पथ-प्रदर्शक के समान माना है। हमारे जीवन की उन्नति तथा अवनति बहुत कुछ मित्र के चुनाव पर निर्भर करती है। अतः मित्र का चुनाव करते समय हमें विशेष सावधानी से काम लेना चाहिए। ऐसे लोगों का साथ करना हमारे लिए लाभकारी नहीं जो हम से अधिक दृढ़ संकल्प के हैं। ऐसे मित्र की हर बात हमें माननी पड़ती है। इससे हमारे चरित्र का स्वतन्त्र विकास नहीं हो सकता। ऐसे लोगों का साथ भी उचित नहीं जो हमारी ही बात को ऊपर रखें। मित्र ऐसा हो जिस पर हम पूरा विश्वास कर सकें। वह भाई के समान सहायक और हमारे प्रति सहानुभूति दिखाने वाला हो। जो गुण हम में नहीं, वह हमारे मित्र में होने चाहिए। गम्भीर प्रकृति वाले मनुष्य को विनोदी पुरुष का संग करना चाहिए और निर्बल को बलवान का तथा महत्त्वाकांक्षी व्यक्ति को किसी महान् व्यक्ति की मित्रता करना चाहिए। भाव यह है कि मित्र ऐसा चुनना चाहिए जिसके साथ हम अपने गुणों का आदान-प्रदान कर सकें।

एक शब्द/एक पंक्ति में उत्तर दीजिए

प्रश्न 1.
‘साए’ कहानी के लेखक कौन हैं?
उत्तर:
हिमांशु जोशी।

प्रश्न 2.
घर का मुखिया कारोबार करने कहाँ गया था?
उत्तर:
अफ्रीका।

प्रश्न 3.
डाकिया भूल से भी इनके घर क्यों नहीं झाँकता था?
उत्तर:
महीनों से इनके घर कोई पत्र नहीं आया था।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 4.
लम्बे अर्से के बाद पत्र कहाँ से आया था?
उत्तर:
नैरोबी के किसी अस्पताल से।

प्रश्न 5.
किसी अन्य व्यक्ति से पत्र लिखवाने का घर के मुखिया ने क्या कारण बताया?
उत्तर:
हाथ के आप्रेशन के कारण वह स्वयं पत्र नहीं लिख सकता।

हाँ-नहीं में उत्तर दीजिए

प्रश्न 6.
अजू छठी कक्षा में सबसे अव्वल आया।
उत्तर:
हाँ।

प्रश्न 7.
तनु के विवाह पर उसके पिता आए थे।
उत्तर:
नहीं।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

सही-गलत में उत्तर दीजिए

प्रश्न 8.
अज्जू के पापा अमरीका में कारोबार करते थे।
उत्तर:
गलत।

प्रश्न 9.
पहले की तरह किसी से बोल कर लिखवाया हुआ पत्र आया।
उत्तर:
सही।

रिक्त स्थानों की पूर्ति करें

प्रश्न 10.
जिसने …….. किया है, वह …….. भी करेगा।
उत्तरः
जिसने पैदा किया है, वह परवरिश भी करेगा।

प्रश्न 11.
अपने इस ……. में मेरा …….. बँटाओ।
उत्तर:
अपने इस कारोबार में मेरा हाथ बँटाओ।

बहुविकल्पी प्रश्नों में से सही विकल्प चुनकर उत्तर लिखें

प्रश्न 12.
अजू के पापा का कहां के अस्पताल से पत्र आया?
(क) नाइजीरिया
(ख) नैरोबी
(ग) न्यूयार्क
(घ) नम्बीबिया।
उत्तर:
(ख) नैरोबी।

प्रश्न 13.
तनु अब क्या पार कर रही है?
(क) सोलह
(ख) अठारह
(ग) बीस
(घ) बाईस।
उत्तर:
(ख) अठारह।

प्रश्न 14.
कन्या का बाप कहां सोना बटोर रहा था?
(क) अदन में
(ख) दुबई में
(ग) अफ्रीका में
(घ) अमेरिका में।
उत्तर:
(ग) अफ्रीका में।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

प्रश्न 15.
हाई स्कूल की परीक्षा में जिले में प्रथम आने पर अज्जू को पिता की ओर से क्या मिला?
(क) घड़ी
(ख) कैमरा
(ग) स्कूटर
(घ) साइकिल।
उत्तर:
(ख) कैमरा।

कठिन शब्दों के अर्थ

रुग्ण = बीमार। सुदूर = बहुत दूर। विलम्ब = देरी। चन्द दिनों = थोड़े दिनों। परवरिश = पालन-पोषण। रुलाई भरी = आँसुओं से भरा। अबोध = अनजान, नासमझ। टाइपराइटर = टाइप करने की मशीन। स्वाभाविक = बिना किसी बनावट के। निपट अकेले = एक दम अकेले। अम्मा = माँ। हिदायतें = सीख। ब्याह = शादी, विवाह । अक्षरशः = ज्यों-का-त्यों। अड़चन = मुश्किल। अव्वल = प्रथम। विवशता = मजबूरी। स्थगित करना = टाल देना। वज़ीफ़ा = छात्र-वृत्ति। निगाहें = नज़रें। मर्मस्पर्शी = दिल को छू लेने वाला। स्थगित = कुछ समय के लिए रोक देना। अबाध = बाधा रहित, बिना रुकावट। आबोहवा = जलवायु। प्रत्युत्तर = जवाब में। अकस्मात् = सहसा, अचानक। उत्कंठा = प्रबल इच्छा। इंगित = इशारा। भँवर = लहरों का चक्कर। असमंजस = दुविधा। असुरक्षा = सुरक्षा का अभाव। बीहड़ = ऊबड़-खाबड़। सरसब्ज़ = हरा-भरा।

साए Summary

साए लेखक-परिचय

जीवन परिचय- श्री हिमांशु जोशी बहुमुखी प्रतिभा के साहित्यकार हैं। उन्होंने गद्य की विविध विधाओं की रचना कर हिन्दी-साहित्य में एक विशेष स्थान प्राप्त किया है। उनका जन्म कुमाऊँ के पर्वतीय अंचल में 4 मई, सन् 1935 ई० में हुआ। यहीं उनका बचपन व्यतीत हुआ। उनकी शिक्षा दीक्षा नैनीताल तथा दिल्ली में सम्पन्न हुई। बचपन से ही लेखन के प्रति उनकी रुचि थी। इसी रुचि के विकास ने उन्हें हिन्दी-साहित्य में ला खड़ा किया। उनकी पहली कहानी सन् 1954 ई० में प्रकाशित हुई। जोशी जी ने पत्रकारिता तथा स्वतन्त्र लेखन को अपनी जीविका को आधार बनाया। वे साप्ताहिक हिन्दुस्तान के विशेष संवाददाता के कार्यभार को सम्भाले हुए हैं।
रचनाएँ-जोशी जी ने कहानियाँ, उपन्यास, कविताएँ, यात्रा वृत्तान्त आदि गद्य की विभिन्न विधाओं तथा बाल साहित्य से सम्बन्धित लगभग 24 पुस्तकों की रचना की है। उनकी उल्लेखनीय रचनाएँ निम्नलिखित हैंउपन्यास-अरण्य, महासागर, छाया मत छूना मन, कगार की आग, समय साक्षी है, तुम्हारे लिए, सु-राज।
कहानी-संग्रह-अंततः, रथचक्र, मनुष्य, चिन्ह, जलते हुए डैने, इस बार बर्फ गिरी तो, इकहत्तर कहानियाँ गंधर्व गाथा, हिमांशु जोशी की इक्यावन कहानियाँ आदि। विशिष्ट रचनाओं का संग्रह-उत्तर पूर्व।
बाल साहित्य-तीन तारे, बचपन की याद रही कहानियाँ, सुबह के सूरज, हिम का साथी, विश्व की श्रेष्ठ लोककथाएँ, नार्वेः सूरज चमके आधी रात, कालापानी।
कविता-संग्रह-अग्नि सम्भव, नील नदी का वृक्ष, एक आँखर की कविता।

साहित्यिक विशेषताएँ-सहजता, सरलता तथा स्वाभाविकता हिमांशु जोशी की रचनाओं की उल्लेखनीय विशेषताएँ हैं। इन गुणों के कारण इनका साहित्य पाठकों की रुचि का विषय बन गया है। कुमाऊं का पर्वतीय अंचल इनकी रचनाओं में बड़े प्रभावशाली ढंग से चित्रित हुआ है। इनके उपन्यास सुराज पर कला फ़िल्म भी बन चुकी है। कगार की आग, कोई एक मसीहा, छाया मत छूना, मन का सफल मंचन भी हो चुका है। दिल्ली अकादमी ने उन्हें उनके कहानी-संग्रह पर पुरस्कृत किया है। हिन्दी संस्थान, उत्तर प्रदेश ने भी उन्हें छाया मत छूना मन, मनुष्य, चिह्न तथा अरण्य के लिए सम्मानित किया है। हिमांशु जी की कुछ रचनाओं का भारतीय भाषाओं के साथ-साथ अंग्रेजी, चीनी, जापानी आदि भाषाओं में अनुवाद हुआ है।
भाषा-शैली-हिमांशु जोशी की भाषा सरल तथा सहज है। कहीं-कहीं नाटकीयता तथा जटिलता का भी समावेश है। संस्कृत के शब्दों के साथ-साथ उन्होंने आंचलिक शब्दों का भी खुलकर प्रयोग किया है।

PSEB 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 10 साए

कहानी का सार/प्रतिपाद्य

‘साए’ नामक कहानी कथा-शिल्पी हिमांशु जोशी द्वारा रचित एक श्रेष्ठ रचना है। यह एक चरित्र प्रधान कहानी है। यह कहानी अत्यंत मर्मस्पर्शी है। आधुनिक युग में धन लोलुपता के कारण तथा स्वार्थपरता के कारण आज मनुष्य अपने आदर्शों से हटता जा रहा है। किन्तु आज भी समाज में ऐसे बहुत-से लोग हैं जो स्वार्थपरता से कहीं ऊपर हैं। उन्हें आज भी आदर्श प्यारे हैं। मित्र को दिए वचन को निभाने के लिए सारा जीवन बिताने को तैयार हैं। एक बीमार शरीर अपने दो नन्हें-नन्हें बच्चों को लेकर उम्मीद भरी आँखों से प्रतिदिन डाकिए की प्रतीक्षा किया करती थी। वह अफ्रीका में गए अपने पति के पत्र की प्रतीक्षा में रोज़ पलकें बिछाए बैठी रहती थी। लेकिन डाकिया था कि आता ही नहीं था। बहुत दिनों के बाद एक पत्र आया जिस पर रंग-बिरंगी टिकटें लगी थीं। पत्र नैरोबी के एक अस्पताल से आया था। पत्र बड़ा ही अजीब था जो करुणा और दर्द से भरा हुआ था। पत्नी ने पत्र पढ़ना शुरू किया। पत्र उसके पति का था। पति ने पत्र में लिखा था कि रंगभेद के कारण उसे यूरोपियन लोगों के अस्पताल में जगह नहीं मिल पाई। उसकी हालत काफ़ी गंभीर थी। इलाज में देरी के कारण रोग काबू से बाहर हो गया था। काफ़ी मेहनत तथा सिफ़ारिश लगवाने पर अस्पताल में भर्ती कर लिया गया हूँ। तुम्हारी और बच्चों की सोच दिन-रात सताती रहती है। पत्नी पत्र पढ़तेपढ़ते रोती जा रही थी। नन्हें अबोध बालक माँ को आँसू भरे नेत्रों से देखते जा रहे थे। पत्नी ने पति की सूचना के लिए कई पत्र तथा तार डाले। कुछ दिनों के बाद उन्हें केन्या की मोहर लगा एक विदेशी लिफाफा मिला। पत्र उसके पति का था।

अब उसकी हालत में काफ़ी सुधार था। पत्र के साथ उसने कुछ रुपए भी भेजे थे। बीमार पत्नी का स्वास्थ्य अब ठीक होने लगा था। बच्चों के मुरझाए चेहरे खिल उठे थे। पत्रों का आदान-प्रदान नियमित रूप से हो रहा था। पति की ओर से अब बड़े ही अच्छे पत्र आने लगे थे। सभी परिवार वाले खुश थे। घर वाले चाहते थे कि विदेश गया उनका पिता, पति कुछ समय के लिए स्वदेश आ जाए। बच्चे पिता को देखना चाहते थे। पत्नी-पति के दर्शन करना चाहती थी। पत्नी पत्र में पति को लिखकर बताती थी कि उनके द्वारा दी गई सभी नसीहतों को बच्चे अच्छे से मानते हैं। समय पर पढते हैं। पुत्र के बारे में बताते हुए वह कहती है कि अज्जू बड़ा होकर आपकी तरह ही अफ्रीका जाएगा। अब अजू पूरे बारह साल का हो गया है। तनु अठारह साल पूरे कर चुकी है। पति की ओर से पत्र आया। उसमें लिखा था कि वह अभी नहीं आ पाएगा। अगले वर्ष तनु की शादी पर ज़रूर आ जाएगा। उसने यह भी लिखा की स्वदेश में ही तनु के लिए वर की तलाश करना। वर ढूँढ़ने में अधिक कठिनाई नहीं हुई। शायद इसलिए कि वर पक्ष के लोगों को लग रहा था कि पिता अफ्रीका में है। रुपए पैसे की कोई परेशानी न होगी। आखिरकार शादी का दिन आ गया। शादी भी हो गई, किन्तु तनु के पिता जी नहीं आए। उन्होंने कपड़े, जेवर, रुपए भेज दिए थे। विवाह के बाद तनु के विवाह के चित्र अफ्रीका में भेज दिए गए। अजू ने भी इनाम में मिली सारी वस्तुओं के फोटो अपने पापा को अफ्रीका भेजे। पिता ने भी पत्र के उत्तर में एक कैमरा, एक गर्म सूट का कपड़ा तथा घड़ी भेज दी। पिता के स्वदेश न आने पर बच्चों ने इच्छा जताई की वे ही अफ्रीका आ जाएँ तब उत्तर यह मिला कि उनका कोई एक ठिकाना नहीं है इसलिए यहाँ आना बेकार है। एक दिन ऐसा भी आया जब अजू ने अपनी पढ़ाई पूरी कर ली। वह नौकरी की तालाश में लग गया।

पिता के स्वदेश न आने पर उसने स्वयं अफ्रीका जाने का प्रबन्ध कर लिया। शीघ्र ही वह पत्र में लिखे पते पर अफ्रीका में जा पहुँचा। शाम को एक वृद्ध ने घर का ताला खोला। वृद्ध ने अज्जू से उसका परिचय पूछा और अज्जू को अपनी बाँहों में भर लिया। भोजन करने के बाद उन्होंने दीवार पर लगी एक तस्वीर दिखाई जिसे देखकर अजू ने कहा कि, वह उसकी अपनी फोटो है। यह सुनकर वृद्ध व्यक्ति ज़ोर से हँसा और बोला बेटा यह तुम इतने बड़े हो गए। अज्जू के चेहरे की ओर देखते हुए उन्होंने कहा कि-तुम शायद नहीं जानते, तुम्हारे पिता का मैं कितना जिगरी दोस्त हूँ। मैं और तुम्हारे पिता एक साथ रहते थे। हम दोस्त की तरह नहीं अपितु सगे भाइयों की तरह थे। उन्होंने ही मुझे हिन्दुस्तान से यहाँ अफ्रीका बुलाया था। कुछ देर मौन रहने के बाद वृद्ध ने अज्जू से कहा कि कभी-कभी हमें तिनको का सहारा छोड़कर उनके साए में जीना पड़ता है। वृद्ध ने खाँसते हुए अज्जू से बताया कि बेटा तुम ही सोचो कि आज तुम्हारे पिता की मृत्यु आज से 10-15 वर्ष पहले हो जाती तो तुम्हारा क्या होता। तुम अनाथ हो गए होते। तुम्हारी माँ मर चुकी होती। आज जो तुम हो वह न बन पाते। अजू को समझाते हुए वृद्ध ने कहा कि हम जीवन में कभी-कभी सहारे की एक अदृश्य डोर से अपना जीवन व्यतीत कर जाते हैं। इतना कहते ही उनका गला भर आया। उन्होंने अज्जू को बताया कि उसके पिता का देहांत उसके बचपन में ही हो गया था। वह ही साझे के कारोबार से अज्जू के पिता के हिस्से के पैसे उन्हें लगातार भेजता रहा था। अब तुम बड़े हो चुके हो। अब तुम इस कारोबार को संभाल लो। मैंने तुम्हारे पिता को दिया अपना वचन पूरा कर दिया। इतना कहते हुए वृद्ध की आँखें आँसुओं से भर आईं।

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by the term democracy? Discuss with one illustration each, six of its characteristic features.
Answer:
Modem age is an age of democracy. In majority of the countries of the world, democracy is adopted. The term ‘Democracy’ is derived from the Greek words demos and krates, the former meaning the people and the latter ‘power’. Democracy thus mean ‘power of the people’ or ‘rule of the multitude.’

Democracy means that the Govemmentof the State is to be run by the people. People will have a share in the administration of the State. Aristotle has called this type of Government as polity and in his view this is the best type of Government.

  1. According to Dicey,” Democracy is a Government in which the governing body is comparatively a large fraction of entire nation.”
  2. According to Prof. Seeley “Democracy is a Government in which everyone has a share.”
  3. According to Lord Bryce, The word democracy, ever since the time of Herodotus has been used to denote that form of government in which the ruling power of State is legally vested not in a particular elass but in the members of the community as a whole.”
  4. According to Abraham Lincoln, Democracy is a Government of the people, by the people, and for the people.” Of all the definitions of democracy, the one given by Lincoln is considered to be the best.

In Democracy the sovereignty resides in the people and the people either directly or indirectly govern over themselves. The administration is run to promote public welfare.

Characteristics Of Democracy:
The characteristics or fundamental principles of the democracy are as follows:
1. Sovereignty of People:
Sovereignty resides in the people and the administration is run in accordance with the wishes of the people.

According to Austin Renney, The principle of popular sovereignty requires the basis of governmental decision making power to be vested in all the members of the community and not any particular person or ruling class.”

2. Rule of People: The administration is run by the people either directly or indirectly.

3. Interest of People: The administration is run in the best interests of the people.

4. Right of Participation: Democracy has its fundamental principle that every citizen has the right to take part in day to day affairs of the state.

5. A Majority Rule:
The significant principle of democracy is that it is a majority rule and decisions are taken by majority of votes. The party which gets file majority is allowed to rule. In the parliament all decisions are taken by majority of votes.

6. Universal Franchise: Another principle of democracy is that every citizen is given the right to vote without any discrimination.

7. Right to Criticise the Govermnefat:
One of the important principle of democracy is that the people are given the right to criticise the Government.

8. Share in the Administration: Everybody has a share in the administration.

9. Equality: Everybody enjoys the right of equality and liberty. All the people are equal in the eyes of law.

10. Fraternity: It is another fundamental assumption of democracy. It deals with dignity of the individual.

11. Rule of Law: Nobody is above the laws of the State.

12. Fundamental Rights: In a democracy citizens enjoy Fundamental Rights which are protected by the Judiciary.

13. Justice: Everybody gets impartial justice.

14. Change in Government according to Time:
Democracy provides for a change in Government according to constitutional principles, and it is against any change by violent or revolutionary means.

15. Freedom of Thought, Speech and Expression:
Democracy is characterised by freedom of thought and expression. In democracy, every one is free to think and express his views.

16. Independent and Healthy Public Opinion: The democratic government functions on the principle of independent and healthy public opinion.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 2.
Define Democracy? What are its merits and demerits?
Or .
Discuss the merits of a democratic form of government.
Answer:
Definitions of Democracy:

Modem age is an age of democracy. In majority of the countries of the world, democracy is adopted. The term ‘Democracy’ is derived from the Greek words demos and krates, the former meaning the people and the latter ‘power’. Democracy thus mean ‘power of the people’ or ‘rule of the multitude.’

Democracy means that the Govemmentof the State is to be run by the people. People will have a share in the administration of the State. Aristotle has called this type of Government as polity and in his view this is the best type of Government.

  1. According to Dicey,” Democracy is a Government in which the governing body is comparatively a large fraction of entire nation.”
  2. According to Prof. Seeley “Democracy is a Government in which everyone has a share.”
  3. According to Lord Bryce, The word democracy, ever since the time of Herodotus has been used to denote that form of government in which the ruling power of State is legally vested not in a particular elass but in the members of the community as a whole.”
  4. According to Abraham Lincoln, Democracy is a Government of the people, by the people, and for the people.” Of all the definitions of democracy, the one given by Lincoln is considered to be the best.

In Democracy the sovereignty resides in the people and the people either directly or indirectly govern over themselves. The administration is run to promote public welfare.

Characteristics Of Democracy:
The characteristics or fundamental principles of the democracy are as follows:
1. Sovereignty of People:
Sovereignty resides in the people and the administration is run in accordance with the wishes of the people.

According to Austin Renney, The principle of popular sovereignty requires the basis of governmental decision making power to be vested in all the members of the community and not any particular person or ruling class.”

2. Rule of People: The administration is run by the people either directly or indirectly.

3. Interest of People: The administration is run in the best interests of the people.

4. Right of Participation: Democracy has its fundamental principle that every citizen has the right to take part in day to day affairs of the state.

5. A Majority Rule:
The significant principle of democracy is that it is a majority rule and decisions are taken by majority of votes. The party which gets file majority is allowed to rule. In the parliament all decisions are taken by majority of votes.

6. Universal Franchise: Another principle of democracy is that every citizen is given the right to vote without any discrimination.

7. Right to Criticise the Govermnefat:
One of the important principle of democracy is that the people are given the right to criticise the Government.

8. Share in the Administration: Everybody has a share in the administration.

9. Equality: Everybody enjoys the right of equality and liberty. All the people are equal in the eyes of law.

10. Fraternity: It is another fundamental assumption of democracy. It deals with dignity of the individual.

11. Rule of Law: Nobody is above the laws of the State.

12. Fundamental Rights: In a democracy citizens enjoy Fundamental Rights which are protected by the Judiciary.

13. Justice: Everybody gets impartial justice.

14. Change in Government according to Time:
Democracy provides for a change in Government according to constitutional principles, and it is against any change by violent or revolutionary means.

15. Freedom of Thought, Speech and Expression:
Democracy is characterised by freedom of thought and expression. In democracy, every one is free to think and express his views.

16. Independent and Healthy Public Opinion: The democratic government functions on the principle of independent and healthy public opinion.

Merits Of Democracy:
Following are the main merits of democracy:
1. It is a Government of the People:
As compared to the monarchical car aristocratic forms of Government, democracy is indeed the best form of Government. The monarch or the aristocracy may be good and look after the interests of their people well but in so far as both these forms of Government exclude the majority of the people from the administration of their own State and in so far as democracy ensures such people’s participation, democracy must necessarily be termed as superior. Democracy is a Government by the people themselves. In this form of Government every step is taken in the best interests of the people.

2. Equality:
It is the best form of Government because it puts the supreme controlling power in the hands of the whole community. It recognizes the natural rights of man in the street and raises him high on the peak of political glory. Moreover, democracy ensures the equality of political rights. All people possess equal opportunities to participate in the affairs of Government. Everybody has the opportunity to progress in life.

3. Liberty:
The democratic form of Government enables us to reconcile the liberty of the people with the authority of the State. Obedience to law is liberty only when the law is expression of the will-of the people and conforms to their wishes. But this is possible only under a democracy.

In this System of Government people enjoy more liberty as compared to monarchy and aristocracy. People enjoy the freedom of speech and expression, religion and worship and the freedom of movement and correspondence. They are free to assemble together, to form a procession, to hold a public meeting and to criticise the policies and actions of the government. The newspaper enjoys a greater degree of freedom in the expression of public view-point.

4. Freedom of Expression:
Another good point of democracy is that freedom of expression is guaranteed to the citizens.

5. It is based on public opinion:
It is the only form of government which is more . popular in the modem world because it rests on the consent of the people. The people feel that the laws in democratic Governments are self-made and self- enforced. By the force of the public opinion, it possesses a valuable and easier 1 instrument to keep the government on the right path.

The mass of people is given an opportunity to take part in government. At the time of elections, national policies are freely discussed and debated. The representatives of the people frame the laws in accordance with the wishes of the people. If the representatives violate public opinion, the people may not vote for them in the next election.

6. Stable and Responsible Government:
A democratic Government is always stable and responsible. It avoids revolutions because the people themselves are the makers and the breakers of laws and governments. Moreover, it possesses the easier means through their elected legislature to change and mould the laws to meet their immediate needs.

The government in a democratic State runs the administration in accordance with the wishes of the people. If they feel that a particular Government does not cany out their wishes, they can replace it by another through peaceful and constitutional meAnswer: The Government for all its actions and policies is responsible to the people. If the people indicate a lack of confidence over the government, the government will have to resign.

7. A Liberal Government:
One of the strong point of democracy is that it is a liberal Government because reforms can be brought about in it. It makes as possible to introduce various social, political and economic reforms as to the needs of time.

8. A Useful form of Government:
Democratic form of government is the most useful form of government because in this type of government, rulers are the elected representatives of the public.

9. Best Government during Emergency: The protagonists of democracy holds that in the time of Emergency, democratic government is the best government.

10. No Possibility of Revolutions:
The democratic Government rests on the hopes and wishes of the people. It changes with the change in the attitude of the people. The elected representatives of the people runs the administration of the State. The party which is favoured by the voters at the polls forms the Government and it carries out the wishes of the people. People can change the Government whenever they so desire. Therefore, the democratic government changes with the change in times. Thus there is less chance of revolution in a democracy.

11. Political Education:
Democratic Government gives political education to the people. In a democracy the institutions of local self-government are established in large number. The election to the local self-government institutions and to the legislature are held very frequently. During the elections the political parties explain their view-point to the public regarding the problems facing the country.

In the legislature the executive is responsible to it for all its actions and policies. The executive is to answer the questions and supplementary questions is put to it by the members of the legislature. The proceedings of the legislature are read by the people in the newspapers. Moreover, every voter casts his vote after a thorough consideration and after weighing the programme of each political party. People have got the right to criticise the Government. The entire procedure gives the people political education.

12. Willing Obedience of Laws:
There is very little possibility on the part of the people for breaking or violating the laws of the State. The people very willingly obey the laws of the State. In Monarchical and Aristocratic type of Government laws are not framed on the will of the people. Their force is needed for rendering obedience to laws. But in a democracy, the people themselves make laws and they cannot afford to break the law themselves. They are morally bound to obey the laws of the State. Moreover, all the laws in a democracy are framed in the best interests of the people.

13. The Lesson of Citizenship: Another important aspect of democracy is that it teaches us the lesson of citizenship. It creates social and economic consciousness in citizens.

14. Development of Human Personality: Another important merit of democracy . is that individuals develop a sense of freedom in themselves because they become i well aware of their rights, duties and interests. Therefore the proper development of one’s personality is possible only in the democratic form of government.

15. It upholds Human Dignity. Democracy has the strong point because it upholds human dignity. The individual enjoy all rights and liberties in democracy which 1 uphold his dignity.

16. National Unity and Patriotism:
The democratic form of government increases the spirit qf national unity and patriotism in the people. It induces in the common man a great love for his country. The people feel that they are part and parcel of the government. They feel that if the government is weak, they will remain weak and the country will remain weak.

According to J.S. Mill, “Democracy strengthens the love of country because citizens feel that the government is their own creation and the magistrates are their servants rather than their masters. It promotes A patriotism by making the citizens feel that they .are an integral part of the government and the welfare of the State is their welfare”.

17. Character Building:
Democracy is a live, active school for character building. As Bryce said, the manhood of the individual is dignified by his political enfranchisement and he usually raised to higher level by the sense of duty which it throws Upon him. As the people participate in -the operation of the government, it imparts to them a sense of dignity and responsibility and stimulates their whole mental make-up.

18. It is based upon three Important Pillars:One of the important point on the credit side is that it is based upon three pillars of equality, liberty and fraternity.

19. Reforms:
Democratic government is the best type of government for introducing reforms in the society. This type of government introduces various reforms in the economic, social and political fields of the life of the citizens of the State.

Demerits Of Democracy:
Democracy is not without its defects and weakness. The critics of democracy put forward the following arguments against it:
1. Government of the Ignorant and Incompetent:
It is said that a democratic government is a government by the incompetent and the ignorant. Democracy is based on the theory that an ordinary man possesses sufficient intelligence to decide public affairs. But the common man is neither politically intelligent nor sufficiently educated.

He does not possess the capacity to understand the problems of a modem community. The masses are normally passive and incapable of common aim. Sir Henry Maine described the democratic government as the government by ignorant and unintellectual which is detrimental to modem civilization. Most of the people in the government are ignorant and incompetent and hence such a government cannot promote public interests in a better way.

2. It gives more importance to Quantity rather than to Quality:
This type of government attaches more importance to quantity than to quality. The working of administration requires special knowledge and ability which the ordinary persons can never possess. It is based on the assumption that all men are equal, that one man is as good as another. So the common man feels that there is no necessity for employing experts or men possessing special qualifications. But it requires great skill to run an administration.

And if amateurs or ordinary men are placed incharge of government, its efficiency is bound to suffer. The equality of man is a myth for all .men are not bom equal. All men, therefore, are not capable of taking part in government of the country. In democracy, on the election day a wise man and a fool are on the same level. Democracy merely counts votes and does not weigh or consider them. It puts all emphasis on quantity and not on quality.

3. Administration is an Art:
Administration is an art and everybody cannot be the master of this art. It is the business of experts to make a law and everybody cannot learn the art of the law making. It is after a long experience that a man becomes perfect in this art. But it is not essential that either the elected persons or the electors should be educated in a democratic form of government. It seems very strange that to get an ordinary clerkship one should be educated to a certain degree but to become a minister one may be even uneducated. How can an uneducated minister run the department of education?

4. It is a Government of the Rich:
The democratic government is criticised on the point that in theory it is a government by the common man but actually it is a , government by the rich. In a democracy elections are held to elect representatives but money is the most potent factor to win an election. The candidates spend lakhs of rupees to win an election. The poor man cannot afford to spend this much amount on elections and hence his right to contest elections becomes meaningless.

5. It is more Expensive:
Democratic government is wasteful and expensive. Party members spend huge amounts of money in order to get themselves elected to the legislature. In the government itself the need to consult various individuals and institutions means further expenditure. Most of it is necessary and therefore wasteful. Lacs of rupees which are spent on elections can be used for public welfare works. Heavy expenditure defeats the very purpose of democracy. Much money is spent on the payment of the salary of the representative and other officials.

6. Bad effects of Political Parties:
The existence of political parties is quite essential in a democracy because in democracy the government is run by one or the other party. But the parties have a bad effect on the daily life of the people. They badly influence the moral and political life of the people.

Each party makes use of all the undesirable and other means in order to get its candidates elected. The parties befool or exploit the people in the name of religion, caste and language etc. In order to get their votes, they make false promises with the people. The parties relegate the interests of the people and the nation to the background and try to promote the party interests. The parties are a danger to the unity of the nation.

7. Most of the people do not take interest in the election:
It has been observed that most of the people do not take interest in elections. Some people make politics as their profession and do nothing except befooling people. During elections the candidates discuss the problems of the State with the people and take their votes.

According to Gamer such like people always have some influence over the public. Those who are shrewd, tactful and active, manage to win the election. In legislature only a few representatives participate in the debates and discussion, and others are simply silent listeners. In this way even in democracy only a few persons govern the country.

8. Dictatorship of the Majority:
The majority party may not work in the interest of all the people. It can equally be selfish and not take into account the wishes and the interests of the majority. The majority party may thus develop despotic tendencies which are harmful to the developments of human personality. It may not secure equal opportunities and freedom to all and rule in its selfish interest.

The very essence of democracy, providing opportunities for every man to be himself in his best, is thus not realised. The majority party may become a dictator and it may curtail the liberty of the individuals. The majority party sometimes does not tolerate the view-points of the opposition.

9. No Possibility of Progress of Civilisation and Culture:
The progress of art, literature, science, civilization and culture is not possible in a democracy. In a democracy all the individuals are considered equal. A scientist or a renowned man of letters is in no way considered better than an ordinary man. In a monarchical type of government art and literature are patronised by the members of the royal family. In Aristocracy, even effort is made for the promotion of culture and civilization. According to Trietzschke, in a democracy literature, science and art do not make progress.

10. Hostile to Liberty:
According to critics democracy is hostile to the spirit of liberty. The ordinary man neither desires freedom for himself nor tolerates it for others. To place supreme power in the hands of the common people is to place it in the hands of those who have no understanding of the spiritual value of liberty and lack the necessary character for vindicating liberty.

11. Unstable and Weak Government:
Stability and continuity of policies in the administration are not ensured in a democratic form of government. Since one party tries to displace the other which is in power by securing more votes at the election by any methods, there will frequently be changes in government. No party, therefore, is secure in its position.

Further when the opposition party comes to power by obtaining large number of votes: it would try to undo the policies of its predecessor in the government. Every representative, to maintain his popularity will try to place something on the statute book. Hasty all ill-digested legislation is passed. Democratic government, therefore, is neither constant, steady nor stable.

12. Biological Arguments:
Democracy has come to be criticised on biological grounds. According to Faguet, democracy is a biological misfit or biological monstrosity.

13. Psychological Arguments:
The Psychologists have also criticised democracy. They have shown that the individual is not guided by reason or conscious thinking but by-irrational and unconscious motivations.

14. Democracy is Ethically Wrong:
Democracy is ethically wrong because it emphasises on numbers while only a few have the requisite judgement, understanding and moral strength to abide by the right ideals and standards.

15. Evil of Party System:
The working of democracy has brought in its wake all the evils of party politics. The rigidity of the party system is responsible for the destruction of the liberty and the individuality of the people.

16. From Administrative Point pf View:
From the view point of administration democracy has proved to be the most inefficient Government. Red-tapism, favouritism, political influence, nepotism and corruption are the order of the day in democracy.

Conclusion:
Democracy has merits and demerits, but not withstanding its demerits, it is considered the best form of government now-a-days. It is the only form of government where people enjoy liberty, equality and have the right to criticise the wrong actions of the government. People can develop their personality to the full only in such a form of government. According to J.S. Mitt, “Giving full weight to all that appeared to me well against the arguments of democracy, I unhesitatingly give my decision in its favour.”

C.D. Bums observes, “No one denies that existing representative assemblies are defective, but even if an automobile does not work well, it is foolish to go back into farm cart, however romantic.” Democracy is a human institution and its failings are the failings of human beings. Moreover, democracy has never claimed pn its own behalf that it is a panacea for all ills.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 3.
Distinguish between the Direct and Indirect Democracy and explain the institutions of Direct Democracy.
Answer:
Democracy is a government of the people, for the people and by the people. Power is not vested in a single individual but it is shared by all. Everybody has a share in this form of government. The democratic government stands for the welfare of all. The laws are framed keeping in view the opinion of the public. It is the age of democracy. In 1 the past democracy was prevalent in India, Greek City States and Rome. Democracy is of two types:

1. Direct Democracy:
Direct democracy is the real or true democracy. In such a system of government the people directly participate in the government of the
country. The entire population forms an assembly for the purpose of making laws. People discuss the problems of the State and control the State machinery. The system prevailed in the past in India, Rome and Greek city States. The population of States used to be very less in those days and very few people enjoyed the rights of citizenship. It was possible for the people to assemble at a particular place for t the purpose of law-making.

2. Indirect or Representative Democracy:
But now a days the system of direct democracy cannot be practised easily. We have big nation states these days. The I population of the States runs into crores. Every citizen is granted equal rights. It is impossible for all the people of the State to assemble at one place in order to make laws. People participate in law-making indirectly. People elect some representatives and these representatives act according to the wishes of the people.

Their main aim is to promote the welfare of the people. They frame laws for the s State and run the administration for the best interests of the people. The entire country is divided into equal electoral constituencies and from each constituency one representative is elected. The representatives are elected for a fixed period and after the expiry of their term fresh elections are held. Ibis system prevails in almost all the countries of the world today.

Institutions Of Direct Democracy:
It is not possible to practise direct democracy completely in the present age. But some devices have been used in certain countries in order to remove the defects of indirect i democracy. Switzerland is famous for the use of these democratic devices. Switzerland
has been called the home of direct democracy. These devices empower the citizen to get certain laws passed by the Legislature and to reject certain laws already passed by the legislature.

Panchayati Raj is a type of chrect democracy. In certain Cantons of Switzerland all the people assemble at one place in order to frame laws. They also appoint government officials. But it is difficult to practise this method in the whole of the country. Modem , devices of direct democracy are practised in some countries. These devices are Initiative,
Referendum, Recall and Plebiscite. They are briefly described as ahead:

1. Initiative. The device gives the power to the voters to get the laws passed in accordance with their wishes. If a specified number of voters demands the making of a particular law, the legislature cannot reject of its own. If the legislature makes a law according to the demand of the people, it is good and if the legislature does not agree with the view-point of the voters, then view-point of the entire electorate is sought.

If the majority voters favours the law, then it is to be passed by the legislature. In Switzerland, one lakh voters have the right to demand and making of a law. They can demand the complete or partial amendment of the Constitution. If the legislature does not accept their demand, then the matter is referred to the entire populace. If the majority of the voters favours the issue the legislature is bound to make that law and make amendment in the Constitution.

2. Referendum:
The method of referendum gives the final authority to the people to accept or reject the laws passed by the legislature. If the legislature passes a law which is not in accordance with the wishes of the people, the people can stop the execution of such a law. The system prevailing in Switzerland is that the opinion of the people is sought before the execution of laws. Referendum is of two types in Switzerland
(1) Compulsory Referendum and
(2) Optional Referendum.

Important laws are referred to the people before they are executed and people cast their votes in favour or against the law. If the majority of the cantons and the majority of the voters favour the law, it is enforced, otherwise it is rejected. In the case of optional referendum it entirely depends upon the will of the legislature whether to refer it to the voters or not. This practice is followed in the case of ordinary laws. If 50,000 voters demand that the law should be referred to the voters for their opinion then it is to be referred to them for their verdict. Such a law can be enforced only if the majority favours it.

3. Recall:
This method gives the power to the voters to recall their representatives even before the expiry of his term. They can elect a new representative. This method is applied against those representatives of the people who do not work in the best interests of the public. In most of the countries the representatives of the people are elected for a fixed term and after their election, file voters have no control over them.

The representatives may do whatever they like and the public cannot exercise any control over them. But through the method of recall, a fixed number of voters can manage to recall their representatives. This way the voters control file activities of their representatives. They cannot go against the wishes of the electorate. This system prevails in some States of U.S.A. and Switzerland.

4. Plebiscite:
The method of Plebiscite is used in case of political questions and public opinion of laws is called referendum. Pakistan demands that there should be plebiscite on the Kashmir issue, whether the people of Kashmir want to remain in India or want to go to Pakistan. In 1935, it was through the method of Plebiscite that Saar was integrated into Germany.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 4.
Discuss the conditons that are essential for a successful democracy.
Or
What are the conditions necessary for the successful functioning of democracy? In your opinion how far do they exist in India?
Answer:
Believing the cause of democracy to be just as against all other forms of government, it is necessary to lay down some definite conditions which are essential for . the successful working of democracy. The success of democracy depends upon the active participation and co-operation of the people in the administration of the State. People will co-operate with the government only when they realize their responsibilities and try to discharge them properly. In order that democracy may work successfully in any State, there are certain conditions which must be satisfied.

1. Faith in Fundamental Democratic Principles:
For the success of democracy, it is necessary that there should be inculcation of faith in certain fundamental democratic principles.

2. Enlightened Citizenship:
Enlightened citizenship is the first condition for the success of democracy. If the people of a country lack the quality of deep thinking, they will never be politically conscious. They will not be performing their duties properly and there the democracy will never be a success.

Every individual in a democracy must, be prepared to perform his duties in a sincere manner. The conferment of the right to vote on a citizen implies that he has the duty to vote and must perform it intelligently. Likewise he must perform his other duties. It is not only the government officials who should be honest, impartial, just and efficient but the citizens should also realize their full responsibility towards the State. The citizens should remain alert and protect their rights. If their rights are violated, they should raise their voice against it.

3. Education:
‘The citizens should participate in governmental work in an intelligent way. This is possible only when the bulk of population is educated. By education we do not mean only book learning, butan intelligence “elevated by honour, purified by sympathy and stimulated by a sense of duty to the community.” Education makes people responsible and responsive. It helps men to choose the right and reject the wrong, be it an argument, a policy or a person.

Democracy means government by discussion and debate, but there cannot be any fruitful debate or ‘ discussion amongst people who are illiterate., and ignorant. Education sharpens the human intellect and enables men to think and decide on the right lines. It is only the educated electorate that will elect the right type of persons to government, ‘persons’ who will adopt the right type of policies to promote the maximum of public good.

4. Local Self-Government:
It is quite essential for the success of democracy that the administration should be a decentralized one. Bryce observes that without the
existence of local self-government institutions, people cannot develop the spirit of independence. Panchayats, municipal committees, Zila Parishads etc. give training of governing over themselves. Slowly and gradually every individual acquires the quality ofgoveming his country.

This way the people develop political consciousness and start taking interest in their own problems. If the membership of a local self¬government institution is made compulsory for becoming a member of the legislature, then only able and capable persons would be elected to the legislature.

5. Protection of Fundamental Rights:
In a democratic State people are granted various fundamental rights, with the help of which they can participate in the administration of the State and this would help in the development of their personality. These rights should be protected by the Constitution so that no administrator violates them. Fundamental rights help in the development of individual personality.

6. Economic Equality and Security:
Economic equality and security is also an essential condition for the success of democracy. It is remarked that extremeness of wealth and poverty militate against the spirit of democracy. Moreover, citizens cannot enjoy political equality in the absence of economic equality.

If there is too much gulf between the rich and the poor, democracy becomes a misnomer only. For example, in U. S. A. and India democracy exists only for the rich people because it is they who control the government on account of their immense wealth. Thus an equal distribution of wealth which checks the capitalist to exploit the labour class, is an essential condition for the success of democracy.

7. Freedom of Press:
Democracy cannot flourish best without the freedom of press. This is essential both to keep the government always on its right path by pointing out defects and to form the public opinion for the welfare of the whole society. A free and an independent pressexposes the arbitrary activities of government when it behaves undemocratically.

On the other hand, it enables the government to shape its policy in accordance with the public opinion. One of the shortcomings of present democracy and the cause of its decline is the absence of an independent and free press. The government should not impose restrictions on newspapers. The newspapers help in conveying to the government the views of the people.

8. Toleration:
Spirit of toleration in the people is most essential for the success of democracy. The working of modem party system is such that it requires a great spirit of toleration for the differences of opinion. Though this toleration can never be absolute, but still the active wdrkers and leaders of political parties must patiently tolerate the attacks of their rival parties.

All citizens should be open and broadminded and must be ready for conviction. Thus the citizens must possess a spirit of national character and national habits which .provide equal opportunities to all for successful working of democratic system of government.

9. Well-organized Political Parties:
Political parties occupy an important place in a democracy. These political parties should be well organized and should be based on political or economic grounds. If the political parties are based on religion or language or caste, they create disunity in the people. The people must posses a strong sense of solidarity and univy in order to make democracy a successful form of government.

A society tom by religious and caste differences will not be able to show that unity, harmony and like mindedness which compel people to sacrifice their selfish interests for the sake of national interests. Well-organized political parties extend political education to the people. They make a constructive criticism of the policies of the government. They express their views on general problems of the State and this way help in making democracy a success.

10. Sound Public Opinion:
For the successful working of democracy, it is necessary that there should be a sound public opinion, a sensitive social conscience and an effective general will.

11. Peace and Order:
It is essential for the success of democracy that there should be perfect peace and order in the State. Democracy can never be a success in the presence of disputes, disorder and revolts. This type of administration cannot be successful if there are wars and disorder.

12. Independence of Judiciary:
An independent Judiciary plays an important role in making democracy successful. An independent judiciary protects the individual liberty in a better way and people can make use of their rights quite finely.

13. Written Constitution:
A written Constitution makes democracy more successful because its violation can be declared all at once as unconstitutional by the Supreme Court of the country. But if the Constitution is unwritten, the government can change the provisions according to its own selfish interest after ignoring the wishes of the people.

14. No Centralisation of Power: For the success of democracy there should be no Centralisation of powers.
15. Free and Fair Elections: Free and fair elections are the important conditions for the successful working of- democracy.

Are these conditions available in India?
Is there a suitable atmosphere in India for the success of Democracy? This question is t confronting people here. Though Democracy was established in India from 1947, yet many people opine that it is not proper for India. Those who doubt the success of Democracy in India believe that the country doesn’t possess adequate atmosphere for the same. India, lacks following conditions:

1. Lack of Enlightened Citizenship: The citizens of India don’t take interest in administration and moreover they don’t abide by their rights and duties honestly.

2. Illiterate Citizens: Most of the citizens in India are illiterate and rough. So they under the influence of clever leaders, wrongly cast their votes and elect misfit representative.

3. Lack of High Moral Standard: The citizens of India don’t possess high moral standard. Every work can be done by bribe and recommendation.

4. Economic Inequality: The wealth of the country is centred in few people’s hands. As a result thousands of people are unemployed and can’t get two square meals a day. The poor man sells his vote.

5. Social Inequality: Untouchability is all powerful in India even today.

6. Multi-Party System: Many parties are present in India and every day a new . party comes into existence. Many parties are organised on religious basis and some parties believe in using violent means.

All these factors show that future of Democracy in India is not bright. Therefore, some people are of the view that Democracy in India should be abolished and Dictatorship should be established in its place.

No doubt all those conditions are not present in India which are essential for the successful working of democracy. But our government right from the very beginning started making efforts for creating an atmosphere which is essential for the success of democracy. The government made efforts to spread education and in this field tremendous progress has been made so far.

Efforts are being made to establish a socialist society so that economic and social equality may come to stay on in the country. People are now conscious of their rights and duties. They are developing national character now. We can say that at present proper atmosphere for the proper functioning of democracy does not exist in the country but all out efforts are being made to create a proper atmosphere.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 5.
What is dictatorship? What are its features?
Answer:
Though modern age is considered to be an age of democracy, but the fact remains that it is becoming an age of dictatorship. It is quite true that democracy is indispensable for bright future, but dictatorship is found in many countries of the world. Latin America, Africa and several countries in Asia have dictatorial rule. Dictatorial government is most primitive because ancient Rome and Greece had this system.

But the word ‘dictatorship’ came into use only after the First World War. Throughout the course of history, powerful men haji often come on the scene and dominated the administration of government. Some of these had even enjoyed the support of public opinion and got full obedience in times of war and other emergencies. But the modem dictatorship is quite different from the ancient one. Modem dictatorship is the result of the First World War. Dictatorship means the rule of one powerful man without any regard for the wishes of the people.

It prevailed in so many modem States after the First World War. For example Italy came under the heels of Fascist leader Mussolini in 1922. The economic dislocation of Germany made Hitler the virtual dictator of the country. In Yugoslavia, King Alexander dismissed the Parliament and suspended the Constitution. In Rumania, King Carol established his royal dictatorship in 1931. Besides these States, Hungary, Bulgaria, Turkey, Spain and Poland also came under the sway of such dictators.

U. S. S. R. witnessed another kind of dictatorship i.e., dictatorship of the Proletariat. Dictatorship in other countries of the world may be termed as the dictatorship of the capitalist class over the workers for exploitation. But the common feature between both these kinds of dictatorships is the rule of one person or a single group and existence of only one party in the State.

According to Ford, “Dictatorship is the assumption of extra legal authority by the Head of the state.”

According to Alfred, Dictatorship is the government of one man who has not primarily obtained his position by inheritance, but by either force or consent and normally by a combination of both. He must possess absolute sovereignty, that is all political power must ultimately emanate from his will and it must be unlimited in scope. It must be exercised more or less frequently in an arbitrary manner by decree rather than by law, and finally it must not be limited in duration to any other authority for such restrictions would be incompatible with absolute rule.”

The analysis of Alfred’s definition of dictatorship leads to following conclusions:

  1. It is a one-man rule.
  2. It is a combination of force and consent.
  3. The dictator enjoys unlimited powers.
  4. The dictator owes responsibility to none.
  5. The dictator rules over the country in an arbitrary manner by decree and not by law.
  6. The tenure of dictatorship is not fixed.

Characteristics Of Dictatorship:
Keeping in view the definitions of dictatorship we come to know that it .has the following characteristics:
1. Based on Physical Strength:
Dictatorship is a Government by the powerful man who has a right to exercise authority because of his superior physical force.

2. Arbitrary Rule:
Dictatorship is an arbitrary rule. Hie dictator runs the Government according to his. own sweet will and the other people have no right to participate in the Government. The dictator is not responsible to any other authority for all his actions and policies.

3. Absolute Powers:
The dictator does not exercise authority in accordance with the provisions of any Constitution. He commands law for the people and they 1 must obey his commands.

4. Term not Fixed: The tenure of office of a dictator is not fixed. He remains in i office so far as he can maintain his authority.

5. Either No Party or One Party System:
In a dictatorship either there is no party or there exists only one party. During the dictatorship of Ayub Khan and , Yahaya Khan in Pakistan there existed no political party. In China and in other communist countries there exists only one political party, i.e., the communist party.

6. Totalitarian State:
In dictatorship the concept of a totalitarian State is generally adopted. According to this view-point the State is concerned with all the aspects of individual’s like and it can interfere in the fives of the individuals whenever it thinks necessary. People are considered the means and the State an end. The people exist for the State and not the State for the people.

7. No Rights:
In a dictatorship rights are not given to the citizens. They are not allowed to express their opinion or criticise, and those who venture to do so are sent to Concentration Camps or slave labour camps or liquidated. Only those rights which are allowed by the dictator can be enjoyed by the people.

8. Control over Means of Communication:
All agencies of public opinion and means of communication are controlled and censored by the State.

9. Wide Gulf between Dictator and People:
In a dictatorship, there is a wide gulf between the dictator and the people and there is no distinction between state and government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 6.
Discuss the merits and demerits of dictatorship.
Answer:
Merits Of Dictatorship:
Following are the merits of dictatorship:
1. Strong Administration:
The administration under a dictator is always very strong. The dictator suppresses disorder and opposition with a strong hand and he gives his country a strong government which can perform its functions well. Nobody under a dictatorial type of regime can dare disobey the orders of government and anybody violating the laws is severely punished.

The people obey the laws not because they like them but because they are afraid of punishment. Whatever the dictator does, he does it according to his own will. In such a system of government, corruption, favouritism and nepotism are rooted out speedily.

2. Administration becomes Stable and Efficient:
The administration under a dictator is always stable and efficient. The administration is not responsible to the public and the dictator remains in office till his death. There is no change in administration and the same policy continues for long. The dictator spares no effort to make administration efficient for he knows that the people will continue to support him as long as he carries on the administration efficiently.

History knows that dictators successfully solved the problems which the democratic governments could not. In dictatorship the judiciary co-operates with the administration and it never gives a decision against the government. AH the citizens and the officials are always afraid of the dictator’s strong rule and they never do anything wrong.

3. Useful in Emergency:
Dictatorial government is very useful in emergencies and crises. The dictator organizes, a strong army in order to establish a strong and stable government. He requires the establishment of a strong and powerful army in order to make himself strong. The dictator always rules with the help of a strong military force and he makes the people obey laws through the fear of punishment.

The major portion of the income of the country is spent on the military. All the big officers of the government are from the army and the administration is normally run from the military point of- view. In this system of government the cases are decided very speedily. The dictator does not feel the need of taking the advice of anybody for making a decision. He always sticks to his decision and never changes the decision under pressure. Under such circumstances the country can face emergencies and crises successfully.

4. Progress:
In this form of government the nation makes tremendous progress. The State becomes self-sufficient and there is no scarcity of anything. The country makes progress in all the fields of life. The problems which are not easily solved in a parliamentary form of government?are speedily solved by a dictator. The prices of essential goods are not made to shoot up.

Art, literature and agriculture progress under a dictator. Corruption is rooted out completely. The people develop? the spirit of patriotism and they are always ready to sacrifice their lot for the country. Individual has no importance and he is sacrificed at the alter of the State.

5. Prestige in the International Field:
A dictator makes his country strong and increases its power and prestige in the; international field. The country becomes self-sufficient and its military power increases. The country gets an important place in the international field, and it is all because of its military strength. No I other country can easily attack the country where there is dictatorship. A country ruled by a dictator is always counted as a first rate power.

6. National Solidarity. In dictatorship the individuals are completely subordinated to the authority of the dictator. The people do not enjoy the right to freedom of speech and expression. These rights to some extent are deterimental to the unity of the nation. The dictators generally create an atmosphere of war. All this helps in the development of patriotic feelings and national solidarity.

7. Less Expensive:
Dictatorship is less expensive whereas democratic government\is very costly. In dictatorship one does not find the costly luxuries of insecure and superfluous posts, particularly committees, sub-committees and commissions.

Demerits Of Dictatorship:
1. Despotic Government:
A dictator is an absolute ruler of the State. The dictator is not responsible to anybody for his actions and policies. His will is law for the people. People cannot expect justice at the hands of the ruler. The orders of the dictator are laws for the people. They may or may not like the laws but they render obedience to them. Atrocities are committed over the people and their wishes are not respected by the dictator. .

2. It attaches no importance to the individual:
In dictatorship the individual is not attached any importance.The State is an end and the individual is a means to achieve that end. The individual fives for the State and it is not the State which is to exist for the individual. The individual can he sacrificed for the progress, safety and security of the State.

It is the sacred duty of the individual to obey the laws of the State. The orders of the State are the orders of the dictator. It is expected that the individual will always remain loyal to the State. The individual is expected to sacrifice himself at the altar of the State.

3. No individual Liberty to the People:
Individuals are not granted civil liberties and other rights in dictatorship. Everybody, of course, is provided two times meals in this form of government but he is denied the freedom of speech and expression and the freedom to criticise the government. The individuals cannot express their opinions freely and they are not permitted to criticise the wrongs of the government.

People cannot organize themselves politically and they cannot even agitate against the government. The freedom of expression is even denied to newspapers. The newspapers cannot publish news against the government. Man does not live by bread alone, he requires so many other things which are essential for the development of his personality. The individual cannot develop his personality to the full if he does not breathe in a free atmosphere. He must enjoy some rights and should live in a free atmosphere. He gains confidence if he is. permitted to live in such an atmosphere.

4. Government is Unstable:
The government under a dictator is unstable, because it is not based on the will of the people. The dictator rules with the help of force and he gets his orders obeyed by the people by the use of force. If the dictator fails to maintain a strong military, he may not be able to continue in office for long because any other powerful person may replace him.

The people can also raise the standard of revolt against the dictator if his rule is not just and he commits atrocities on the people. It is an admitted fact that anything which is based on force cannot last long, because the people cannot tolerate unjust rule for long.

5. Problem of Successor of the Dictators:
There is a defect in this system of government that there is no definite method of appointing a successor to the dictator. It is not essential that the son of a dictator would be as able and powerful as his father. It has been observed that after the death of the dictator, there is a struggle amongst his party members to capture authority and sometimes it so happens that there is a great blood-shed to capture power.

6. War is Natural:
In dictatorship war is considered natural and essential and battles are fought against other countries in order to attain glory. A dictator always talks in terms of war in order to divert the attention of the people from political and economic problems of the country. The dictator fights battles in order to extend his territories. However, strong and powerful country may be, the war results in a big loss even to that country. War affects badly the economic condition of the country. War disturbs the peace of the world. In a war thousands of people lay down their lives.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 7.
Distinguish between the democracy and dictatorship.
Or
If you were to choose between democracy and dictatorship which one would you prefer? Give arguments to support your answer.
Or
Distinguish between democratic government and authoritarian government.
Answer:
Though modem age is considered to be an age of democracy, but the fact remains that it is becoming an age of dictatorship. It is quite true that democracy is indispensable for bright future, but dictatorship is found in, many countries of the world. Latin America, Africa and several countries in Asia have dictatorial rule. Dictatorship is completely opposite to democracy. If I am asked to choose one of the two then my preference is for democracy. Without any doubt democracy is the best form of government and it is very clear from the comparison between democracy and dictatorship.

Democracy Dictatorship
1. Govt, of the People: Democracy is a government of the people, by the people and for the people. In a democracy the people rule the country either directly or indirectly. Democracy is a government by the people themselves. 1.Govt, of One Man or One Party: In dictatorship the powers of the government are concentrated in the hands of one person or one party. In dictatorship people have no participation in government.
2. Based on Public Opinion: Democracy is based on public opinion. It rests on the consent of the people. 2. Based on Force: Dictatorship is based on force. Dictators run the government on the basis of force.
3. Govt, can be changed by Peaceful Methods: Democratic government can be changed by the people whenever they so desire. Government is changed by peaceful methods e.g. by election. 3. Govt, can be changed by Revolution: Dictatorship cannot be changed by peaceful methods because no elections are held. Govt, can be changed by revolution only.
4. Development of the Personality of the Individual: In a democracy the aim of the government is to develop the personality of the individual. The state is a mean, while individual is an end. 4. Development of the State: In dictatorship importance is given to the state and not to the individual. The end of the state is development of the state. The state is the end, while individual is the means.
5. Importance to Individual Liberty: In democracy liberty and rights are given to the citizens. 5. No Liberty and No Rights: In dictatorship rights are not given to the citizens.
6. Based on Equality: Democracy is based on equality and it ensures the equality of rights. Everybody is equal before law and everybody has the opportunity to progress in life 6. No Importance to Equality: In dictatorship no importance is given to the principle of equality. Some persons are considered superior and everybody is not given the right to participate.
7. Belief in Peace: Democracy believes in peace and it is against violence and war. 7. Belief in War and Violence: Dictatorship believes in war and violence.
8. Against Imperialism: Democracy is against imperialism and it believes that every nation has the right to freedom. 8. Belief in Imperialism: Dictators believe in the policy of expansion. In dictatorship slogan is given ‘Expand or Perish.’
9. Decision by Discussion: In democracy decisions are taken after lot of discussion. 9. No Importance to Discussion: In dictatorship no importance is given to discussion. Decisions are taken by the dictator without any discussion.
10. Right to Criticise the Govt: In democracy people have the right to criticise the government. 10. No Right to Criticise the Govt: In dictatorship people have no right to criticise the government.
11.Existence of Political Parties a Necessity: In democracy the existence of political parties are essential. Democratic government cannot work successfully without political parties. 11. No Political Party or one Party: In dictatorship either there is no political party or there is only one political party. In China there is only one political party.
12. Distinction between State and Govt: In democracy distinction is maintained between  State and Govt. 12. No Distinction between State and Govt: In dictatorship no distinction is maintained between State and Govt.
13. Responsibility of the Government: In democracy government is responsible to the people. If the people indicate a lack of confidence over the government, the government will have to resign. 13. Irresponsible Govt: In authoritarian system government is not responsible to the people or to the legislature.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of democracy.
Answer:
The term democracy is derived from the Greek words—demos and krates, the former meaning ‘the people’ and the latter ‘power’. Democracy thus means ‘power of the people’ or *rule of the multitude’. Democracy means that the government of the state is to be run by the people. People will have a share in the administration of the state. Aristotle has called this type of Government as polity and in his view this is the best type of Government.

According to Dicey, “Democracy is a government in which the governing body is comparatively a large fraction of entire nation.” According to Seeley, “Democracy is a Government in which everyone has a share. According to Abraham Lincoln, “Democracy is a government of the people, by the people and for the people.”

Question 2.
Explain the fundamental principles of democracy.
Answer:
Democray is based on the following fundamental principles :

  1. Sovereignty resides in the people and administration is run in accordance with the wishes of the people.
  2. The administration is run by the people either directly or indirectly.
  3. Everybody has a share in the administration.
  4. In a democracy, citizens enjoy Fundamental Rights.

Question 3.
What are the merits of democracy?
Answer:

  1. As compared to monarchial or aristocratic governments, democracy is indeed the best form of government.
  2. It is the only form of government which is more popular in the modem world because it rests on the consent of the public opinion.
  3. Democratic Government gives political education to the people.
  4. A democratic govt, is always stable and responsible.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 4.
What are the demerits of democracy?
Answer:

  1. It is said that a democratic govt, is a government by the incompetent and the ignorant.
  2. It gives more importance to quantity rather than to quality.
  3. Democratic government is wasteful and expensive.
  4. There is no possibility of progress of civilisation and culture in democratic government.

Question 5.
Discuss four conditions that are essential for a successful democracy.
Answer:
1. Enlightened Citizenship:
Enlightened citizenship is the first condition for the success of democracy. Every individual in a democracy must be prepared to perform his duties in a sincere manner.

2. Education:
The citizens should participate in governmental work in an intelligent way. This is possible only when the bulk of population is educated. Education makes people responsible and responsive.

3. Local Self-Government:
It is quite essential for the success of democracy that the administration should be a decentralized one. Bryce observes that without the existence of local self-government institutions, people cannot develop the spirit of independence.

4. Fundamental Rights should be protected by the Constitution so that no administrator violates them.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 6.
Define dictatorship.
Answer:
Dictatorship means the rule of one powerful man without any regard for the wishes of the people.
According to Ford, “Dictatorship is the assumption of extra legal authority by the Head of the state.”

According to Alfred, ‘Dictatorship is the government of one man who has not primarily obtained his position by inheritance, but by either force or consent and normally by a combination of both. He must possess absolute sovereignty, that is all political power must ultimately emanate from his will and it must be unlimited in scope. It must be exercised more or less frequently in an arbitrary manner by decree rather than by law, and finally it must not be limited in duration to any other authority for such restrictions would be incqmpatible with absolute rule.”

Question 7.
What are the main features of Dictatorship?
Answer:

  1. Dictatorship is a government by the powerful man who has a right to exercise authority because of his superior physical force.
  2. Dictatorship is an arbitrary rule. The dictator run the govt, according to his own sweet will.
  3. The tenure of office of dictator is not fixed. He remains in office so far as he can maintain his authority.
  4. In a dictatorship either there is no party or there exists only one party.

Question 8.
What, are the merits of dictatorship?
Answer:

  1. Strong Administration. The administration under a dictator is always very strong. The dictator suppresses disorder and opposition with a strong hand.
  2. Administration becomes stable and efficient. The administration is not responsible to the public and dictator remains in office till his death.
  3. Useful in Emergency. Dictatorial govt, is very useful in emergencies and crises. He requires the establishment of a strong and powerful army in order to make strong and stable govt.
  4. Progress. In this form of govt, the nation makes tremendous progress.

Question 9.
Make a brief distinction between democracy and dictatorship.
Or
Bring out distinction between democratic and authoritarian government.
Answer:

  • Democracy is the rule of people while dictatorship is rule of one man or one party.
  • Democracy is based on public opinion, while dictatorship is based on force.
  • In democracy government can be changed by peaceful methods, while in dictatorship government can be changed only by revolution.
  • Democracy emphasises on individual rights and freedom, while in dictatorship no rights and freedom.

Question 10.
What is Direct Democracy?
Answer:
In direct democracy people directly participate in the government of the country. The entire population forms an assembly for the purpose of making laws. People discuss the problems of the state and control the state machinery. But it is not possible to practise : direct democracy completely in the present age. Modem devices of direct democracy are Initiative, Referendum, Recall and Plebiscite.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 11.
What do you understand by direct democratic devices? Mention one device of direct democracy.
Answer:
Direet democracy is the real or true democracy. In such a system of government the people directly participate in the government of the country. The system prevailed in the jpast in India, Rome and Greek City States. The population of States used to be very less in tljpse days and very few people enjoyed the rights of citizenship. It was possible for the people to assemble at a particular, place for the purpose of law making in those times.

But it is not possible to practise direct democracy completely in the present age. But some devices have been used in certain countries to remove the defects of indirect democracy. Switzerland is famous for the use of these democracy devices. These devices are-Initiative, Referendum, Recall and Plesbiscite.

Question 12.
Distinguish between Direct and Indirect democracy with examples.
Answer:
Democracy is of two types-Direct democracy and Indirect democracy. Following are the differences between
the two :

  1. In direct democracy people participate in law-making, while in indirect democracy people indirectly participate in the government.
  2. In direct democracy people directly participate in law-making, while in indirect democrcy participation in law-making is indirect.
  3. Selection of magistrates is directly in indirect democracy, while in direct democracy selection of magistrates is indirectly.
  4. In direct democracy the institutions of initiative, referendum and recall exist, but no initiative and referendum in direct democracy.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of democracy.
Answer:
The term democracy is derived from the Greek words-demos and krates, the former meaning ‘the people’ and the latter ‘power’. Democracy thus means ‘power of the people’ or ‘rule of the multitude’. Democracy means that the government of the state is to be run by the people.

Question 2.
Define Democracy.
Answer:
According to Dicey, “Democracy is a government in which the governing body is comparatively a large fraction of entire nation.” According to Abraham Lincoln, “Democracy is a government of the people, by the people and for the people.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 3.
Explain the fundamental principles of democracy.
Answer:
Democray is based on the following fundamental principles :

  • Sovereignty resides in the people and administration is run in accordance with the wishes of the people.
  • The administration is run by the people either directly or indirectly.

Question 4.
Discuss the merits of democracy?
Answer:

  • As compared to monarchial or aristocratic governments, democracy is indeed the best form of government.
  • It is the only form of government which is more popular in the modern world because it rests on the consent of the public opinion.

Question 5.
Discuss the demerits of democracy?
Answer:

  • It is said that a democratic govt, is a government by the incompetent and the ignorant.
  • It gives more importance to quantity rather than to quality.

Question 6.
Define dictatorship.
Answer:
Dictatorship means the rule of one powerful man without any regard for the wishes of the people.
According to Ford, ‘Dictatorship is the assumption of extra legal authority by the Head of the state.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 7.
What are the main features of Dictatorship?
Answer:

  • Dictatorship is a government by the powerful man who-has a right to exercise authority because of his superior physical force.
  • Dictatorship is an arbitrary rule. The dictator run the govt, according to his own sweet will.

Question 8.
What are the merits of dictatorship?
Answer:

  1. Strong Administration: The administration under a dictator is always very strong. The dictator suppresses disorder and opposition with a strong hand.
  2. Administration becomes Stable and Efficient: The administration is not responsible to the public and dictator remains in office till his death.

Question 9.
Make a brief distinction between democracy and dictatorship.
Answer:

  • Democracy is the rule of people while dictatorship is rule of one man or one party.
  • Democracy is based on public opinion, while dictatorship is based on force.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain any one factors which determine the form of government.
Answer:
Size of the population determines the form of government.

Question 2.
Mention the basis of Aristole in classification of state.
Answer:

  1. Number of persons
  2. The end or aim of the government.

Question 3.
Give one definition of Democracy.
Answer:
According to Abraham Lincoln,“Democracy is a government of the people, by the people and for the people.”

Question 4.
Explain any one basic principles of democracy.
Answer:
The administration is run by the people either directly or undirectly.

Question 5.
Write down any one feature of dictatorship.
Answer:
Dictatorship is a Government by the powerful man who had right to exercise authority because of his superior physical force.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 6.
Write down any one demerits of dictatorship.
Answer:
Individuals are not granted civil liberties and other rights in dictatorship.

Fill in the blanks

1. Aristotle has classified the state on the basis of ………………… of persons in whom the sovereign power is vested.
Answer:
Number

2. In ………………… Democracy thf people directly participate in the government of the country.
Answer:
Direct

3. Indirect democracy is also called as ………………… democracy.
Answer:
Representative

4. The administration under a ………………… is always very strong.
Answer:
Dictator

5. The dictator is not ………………… to any body for his action, policies.
Answer:
Responsible.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

True or False statement:

1. Federal government is suitable for big states and unitory governments for small states.
Answer:
True

2. According to Lincoln,“Democracy is a government in which everyone had a share.
Answer:
False

3. Enlightened citizenship is the first condition for the success of democracy.
Answer:
True

4. Democracy is of five types.
Answer:
False

5. Democracy based on public opinion while dictatorship based on force.
Answer:
True

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The term democracy is derived from which of the following Greek words :
(A) Demos and Cratia
(B) Casta
(C) Famulus
(D) Pocta.
Answer:
(A) Demos and Cratia

Question 2.
“Democracy is a government of the people, for the people and by the people.”
(A) AB. Hal
(B) Abraham Lincoln
(C) Aristotle
(D) Herodotus.
Answer:
(B) Abraham Lincoln

Question 3.
Which of the following is the basis of democracy?
(A) Equality
(B) Liberty
(C) Fraternity
(D) All of the above.
Answer:
(D) All of the above.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 11 Form of Governments: Democratic and Authoritarian (Dictatorial)

Question 4.
Which of the following is the feature of dictatorship?
(A) It is based on equality
(B) It is based on public opinion
(C) The dictator enjoys unlimited powers
(D) It ifr based on rule of law.
Answer:
(C) The dictator enjoys unlimited powers

Question 5.
Which one of following is merit of dictatorship?
(A) Strong Administration
(B) Weak Government
(C) No Individual Liberty
(D) Less Expensive.
Answer:
(A) Strong Administration

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the meaning and features of Unitary government.
Answer:
In the modern age there are big States and each State is divided into many units or provinces. In ancient India, the State was divided into many provinces. Each State was governed by a Governor or a Subedar and he was responsible for the smooth running of the administration of that State. Now-a-days we find two types of Governments in each State:
1. Central Government and
2. Provincial Government.

On the basis of- relationship between the centre and the provincial governments, there can be two types of governments-unitary government and federal government.

Meaning of Unitary Government:
The whole power of the State is concentrated in the hands of the central government from which the local governments derive their existence and powers. Under this system, the Constitution does not divide the powers between the central government and the local governments.

But for administrative convenience, the State is divided into a number of local areas which are placed under local authorities. They exercise powers within limits set by the central government which is responsible for the government of the people. The local governments are merely the agents of the central government and are subject to its control. In this type of government the entire country is ruled from one seat or authority. The definitions of Unitary government are given below:

1. According to Garner, “Unitary government is that system where the whole power of government is conferred by the Constitution upon a single central organ or organs from which the local governments derive whatever authority or autonomy they may possess and their very existence.”

2. According to Strong, “A Unitary State is one organised under a single Central Government.”

3. According to Dicey, “Unitary Government is the habitual exercise of supreme legislative authority by one Central power.”

Features of the Unitary Government:

On the basis of the definitions given above, we come to know about the following features of the unitary types of government: .
1. Single Administration:
The entire authority of administration is vested in the central government. The central government is all powerful and it can make any, law it likes.

2. No Division of Powers: The Constitution does not divide the powers between the Centre and the States.

3. Powers of Local govts, are not Original:
The existence of local government depends upon the will of the central government. The central government allots power to the local governments and it can take them back if it so desires.

4. Written or Unwritten Constitution:
The Constitution of Japan and India is written whereas Constitution of England is unwritten. The Constitution can be written as well as unwritten.

5. Flexible or Rigid Constitution. The Constitution can be flexible as well as rigid.

6. Parliament Supreme. In a unitary government parliament is supreme. In England there is supremacy of the Parliament.

7. Single Citizenship: The citizens are given single citizenship.

8. Judiciary Not Supreme:
The Judiciary is not considered as the supreme authority and it is not given the right to reject a law passed by the Parliament. Unitary governments exist in Great Britain, France, Japan, China etc.

Merits Of Unitary Government:
Following are the merits of a unitary government:
1. Strong Administration:
In a unitary type of government the administration is quite strong. All the powers are concentrated in the hands of central government and it can enforce the laws strongly in all the parts of the State. No State can dare revolt against the central authority because the States are always at the mercy of the central government. The disputes between the Centre and the States very rarely arise.

2. Uniformity of Administration:
The main advantage of unitary government is that there is uniformity of administration. Such uniformity in legislation and administration enables the central government to act quickly, promptly and vigorously in all matters. There is no duplication of functions and authorities. Thus waste and unnecessary expenditure is avoided. Both in external and internal matters, such a government can speak with one voice and follow a consistent policy. In a federal type of State the units make their own ties but in a unitary State, it is the central government which is the fountain head of all authority.

3. Administration is Simple and Flexible:
The unitary government had the advantage of flexibility and simplicity. There is no multiplicity of law issued by different authorities which it is difficult for a common man to understand. There is no need of a rigid and written Constitution. In a monarchical system of government there is never a Constitution and the entire authority rests with the king.

In a unitary type of government also the central government exercises supreme power and it can use all the powers according to his own sweet will. As the Constitution is flexible so it can be changed with the change of time. The British Constitution is very flexible. The Parliament can change it wholly or partially by an ordinary majority.

4. Less expensive Government:
The unitary type of government is less expensive. There is only one central legislature which frames laws for the entire country. This central government runs the administration of the whole country. This way quite a less amount is spent on the administration of the State. The money which is spent on State legislatures and executives is saved.

5. Useful in Time of Emergency:
The unitary type of government is very useful in time of emergency. As the central government controls the entire administration so it can well face the situation during emergency. It can take quick decisions and implement them speedily. It is not essential that the central government should seek the advice of the States. The central government can successfully face an emergency because it possesses wide powers.

6. National Unity:
In a unitary State there is greater degree of national unity. All the citizens are governed by the same laws of the land and the same government governs all the people. People do not develop the spirit of provincialism because the States are not given powers. The people of different States do not have ill-will against each other.

7. Single Citizenship:
In a federal type State there can be double citizenship as in case of U.S.A. Double citizenship results in the division of loyalty and the individuals loves only his own State and not the other States. In a unitary type of State there is only single citizenship and every individual is a citizen of the whole State and not of a province. This way his loyalty is not divided and he remains loyal to the country.

8. Suitable for Small States:
A unitary type of government is most suitable for small States. It is not good to divide a State with a small territory into small States. If in each small State a Government is established, it will be a very expensive proposition.

Demerits Of Unitary Government:
1. Central government becomes despotic:
The main objection to this type of government is the danger that the central government may take for itself all important powers delegating very insignificant functions to the local units. In the hands of people who are power drunk, such powers may lead to the creation of a despotic State.

2. It is harmful for big States:
Unitary government is not suitable to a country with a large size and with a population with varied cultural interests, different political standards, ideals and levels of economic achievement. The problems of these different areas requiring different treatment and uniform treatment may not be desirable.

3. It cannot fulfil local needs:
Each State or each locality has its own needs. The central government cannot fulfil the particular needs of a State or a locality. The central government makes laws which are applicable in all provinces. It does not make separate laws for a particular State. A particular law may not suit all the States.

4. Administration become inefficient:
In a unitary government it is the central government which is to bear the entire responsibility. National and provincial issues are to be handled by the central government. The central government becomes over-burdened with work and it loses its efficiency. Even the national problems are not tackled properly.

5. People do not get political education:
People do not receive political education even in a unitary type of government. The entire administration of the State is run by the officials of the central government and the people do not participate in the administration of the State. There are not frequent elections and the people have no opportunity to make use of their votes frequently. In a unitary type of government it is the bureaucracy which reigns supreme.

Conclusion:
The unitary government has its merits and demerits. In some countries this system of government is very suitable and in some countries it does not bear fruit. Some of its principles are desirable but they are not practicable. There is a unitary type of government in Britain but at the same time local government have also been established in the country. The unitary form of governments is not very popular these days because it cannot be a success in big States.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 2.
What do you understand by Federation? Discuss its characteristics.
Answer:
The federal system of government has its origin in U. S. A. when after independence some independent States formed a federal type of government. Subjects of national importance were-given to the central or federal government and subjects of local importance were given to the local governments.

According to Hamilton, Federation is an association of States that form new ones. Indian federation has not come into existence by the union of interdependent States. The federation in India has come into existence by the integration of independent States into the British provinces.

According to Prof. Garner, “Federal government is a system in which the totality of government powers is divided and distributed by the national Constitution or the organic act of Parliament creating it, between central government and the government of the individual States or other territorial sub-division of which the federation is composed.” According to JelKnek.” A federal State is a sovereign state formed out of several states.”

According to Montesquieu, “Federal government is a convention by which several similar states agree to become members of a large one.”
According to Dicey, “It is a political contrivance intended to reconcile national unity with maintenance of state’s rights.”

Essential Features Of Federation:
Following are the essential features of a federal type of government-
1. Division of Powers,
2. Written Constitution,
3. Rigid Constitution,
4. Supremacy of the Constitution and
5. Independent Judiciary.

1. Division of Powers:
The powers of the government in a federation are distributed between the centre and the States. Matters of national importance which require uniformity of legislation and administration, such as defense, foreign affairs, coin and currency, railway, post and telegraphs customs, etc. are put under the control of the federal government.

Subjects of local importance like health, education, industries, law and order, jails, justice and works of public welfare etc. are controlled by the States or units. There is one government for national affairs and a number of local governments for local affairs. Generally the Constitution gives three list of subjects. Subjects on which state authorities can legislate (state list); subjects on which the centre is competent to legislate (federal list); and subjects on which both the centre and the units might legislate (concurrent list).

2. Written Constitution:
A written Constitution is essential in a federation in the sense that both the centre and states should be definite about their sphere of action. In an unwritten Constitution, the distribution of powers is not definite and it leads to disputes between the centre and the States.

3. Rigid Constitution:
The Constitution should be rigid so that it is not easily changed by impatient hands. The amending procedure is invariably more difficult than the enactment of ordinary laws. In almost all federal states, amendments require favourable action by the federal government and a large majority of the states.

4. Supremacy of the Constitution:
In a federal type of government it is the Constitution which distributes the powers between the Centre and the States. Therefore it is essential, that the supremacy of the Constitution should be maintained. Both the Centre and the States should run the administration in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution and should not violate any of the provisions.

5. Independent Judiciary:
The presence of an independent and powerful judiciary is most essential in a federation. It is the business of the Supreme Court to see whether or not the Constitution is being faithfully acted upon by the Centre and the units. The Supreme Court serves as the guarctum of the Constitution. It has the special function of interpreting it and deciding all disputes that may arise with reference to the Constitution.

Other Features:
The above-mentioned features are essential for the formation of the Federation. Besides these features there are certain other features but they are not found in all the federations. .

1. Double Citizenship:
Some people are of the opinion that the presence of double citizenship is also essential in a Federation. An individual is citizen of his state as well as he is a citizen of the Central Government. In America there exists double citizenship. In India there exists only single citizenship.

2. Bicameralism:
Some people are of the opinion that the legislature in a federation should be bicameral. The units should get equal representation in a Upper chamber of the Parliament. In America and Switzerland the States have been given equal representation in the Second Chamber of the Parliament but in India it is not so.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 3.
Discuss the merits and demerits of Federal Government.
Answer:
Merits of Federal Government. Following are the merits of federation:
1. National Unity and Local Autonomy:
A federation combines the spirit of nationalism with the zeal for localism. People do not mind certain powers being enjoyed by the Central government if they are able to enjoy a big share in the control of their own affairs. They thus get political training in managing their own affairs.

Local initiative is encouraged and people naturally come to realize their responsibilities to the State. The component States keep their separate entity and enjoy complete sovereignty in their own affairs. Thus a federation affords the benefit of both the centralized as well as the local government.

2. Efficiency in Administration:
The administration of a federal type of State is always very efficient. There is a division of work between the Centre and the States. The central government is not over-burdened with work. The central government can control matters of national importance quite efficiently and State governments can handle the local affairs.

The States are left free to deal with the State subjects and central government is not to bother much about the administration of the States. It is only a federation that the component states together with their citizens can get the best opportunity to improve the conditions
because being on the spot, they can find a better solution than the central government situated at far-off distance.

3. Central Government cannot become Despotic:
The powers in a federation are rigidly distributed between the central and State governments and hence there is no danger of central government becoming dominant and despotic and overriding the liberties of people. The federation creates conditions whereby people can enjoy their freedom without difficulty and this is always safeguarded by the Constitution and the Supreme Court.

4. It is useful for Big States and Small as well:
The federal type of government is very useful both for the big States and the small states as well as small States by merging themselves into a federation become strong. They enjoy defence advantages such as large army, navy and air force. For this advantage they are not to sacrifice much.

The central government also becomes strong by the merger in it of so many small States. The federation is economically advantageous. The States are not to maintain many departments and it is the central government which shoulders the entire responsibility.

5. Political Education:
The federal type of government provides political education to the people. In a federation local matters are put under control of local citizens. This stimulates interest in public matters and gives them efficient training in matters of administration. The citizens are thus prepared, for higher responsibilities in political and administrative work.

6. Interest in Local Affairs:
People start taking interest in local affairs in a federal type of government. Local problems are to be dealt by the people themselves and this way they develop interest in matters of local concern. People think that they have a share in the government and the government is their own. They become politically conscious and share responsibility of administration.

7. A step towards world State:
A federal type of government is a step towards the establishment of a world State. Peace can be maintained in the world only if there is a world government. When some States can form a federation then world federation can also be formed. A world State would usher a new era in the world.

Disadvantages Of Federal Government:
We must not overestimate the merits of a federation because there are some main defects in this form of government. The defects are as follows:
1. Weak Government:
A fedreal type of government is weak in the conduct of internal as well as external affairs. The division of powers between the central government and the State governments always results into a conflict of legislation and administration between the two governments. In the conduct of foreign affairs, the federal government possesses an inherent weakness which is not to be found in a unitary type of government. Such a defect exists because the governments of component. States always interfere in the administration of the central government and put great difficulties with regard to the performance of international obligations.

2. Threat to National Unity:
If has been observed that in a federation there is always a threat to national urpty. In certain federations the people are given double citizenship. An individual is a citizen of the State and at the same time he is a citizen of the component unit in which he resides. It is difficult to maintain national unity under such circumstances. An individual owes loyalty to the central as well as his State Government.

This divided loyalty is not always desirable. People generally are more loyal to their units than to the State. People demand the creation of new units on the basis of language, religion and other things. Federation creates so many local and selfish interest by dividing the component States into different groups as a result of which the whole of the national solidarity and unity is destroyed.

3. Possibility of Revolt:
There is always a danger in a federation of the revolt by the States against the central government. The component units have their own governments and they run the administration as it suits them. If there is a difference of opinion between the Centre and the States over a particular issue, the States can arise the banner of revolt against the Centre. It is possible that the federating units on account of their grievances against the centre may form themselves into groups and factions. If this happens the federation would become a scene of hell and its dissolution might take place any moment. In 1991 U. S. S. R. disintegrated into Fifteen Republics.

4. Expensive Government:
There is a multiplicity of government in a federation. There is central government and there are State governments. Such multiplication of authorities is always expensive. People have to pay the taxes imposed by the central as well as the State government. Elections are held to the central as well as the State legislature and this is a very expensive proposition. The candidates also spend a huge amount of money in the elections. It is a misuse of public money.

5. Constitution does not change with the time:
The Constitution in a federation does not keep pace with the times. The Constitution in a federal State is always very rigid and it cannot be changed easily. With the passage of time the Constitution becomes out-dated and it fails to satisfy the people.

6. No Uniformity of Administration:
The federal State suffers from the defect that there is no uniformity of administration in the whole of the country. Each state makes laws according to its needs. Each State imposes its own taxes. In all the component units the people are governed by different sets of laws. The taxes of different articles vary from State to State. Moreover, in such a system of government, people develop the spirit of provincialism.

7. Double Citizenship is Harmful:
In a federal type of State the citizens are granted double citizenship. But double citizenship is harmful to the interests of the state. A citizen is to remain loyal to two sets of governments. No citizen can loyally perform his duties and” responsibilities towards the central and state governments. Generally the people are more loyal to their units as compared to the central government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 4.
Distinguish between unitary and federal forms of government.
Answer:
On the basis of relationship of the units with the central government, the government is divided into two ways-Unitary government and federal government. In a unitary type of government the supreme authority is vested in the central government but in a federal government the authority is divided between the centre and the states. Sir John Seeley did not consider that there was any vital difference between the unitary and federal states. To him there was no difference in ‘kind’ between them. But Merriott declares that the distinction is one of kind and not merely of degree. Following are the main points of differences between the two types of government.

1. Firstly, in a unitary government there is a concentration of powers in the central government, whereas in a federal government powers are divided between the Centre and the Units.

2. Secondly, in a unitary government the units are created for administrative convenience and they are mere parts or agents of the central government, whereas in a federation the units possess their own entities. In a federation the units derive their powers from the constitution and not from the central government and for their existence the units do not depend upon the central government.

3. Thirdly, in a unitary government there is a single government in the country, while in a federation there is double set of government-one at the centre and the others in the units. Federation makes provision for separate legislatures and executives for the centre as well as the units. But in a unitary government there is one legislature and one executive for the whole country.

4. Fourthly, a unitary state is unity while .a Federal state is only a union, not a unity.

5. Fifthly, a federal constitution generally is the outcome of a government by which the constituent units create a new state for common purposes while retaining autonomous powers for themselves. Hence, such a constitution can be altered through a special method of amendment. But the constitution of a unitary government is not the outcome of a treaty. Hence the procedure of amendment is simple.

6. Sixthly, in a unitary government it is not essential that the constitution should be in a written form. British constitution is unwritten. But in a federation it is essential that the constitution should be in a written form. The constitution of U. S. A. and India are written one.

7. Seventhly, in a unitary government there is a single citizenship, whereas in a federation generally there is a double citizenship. In U. S. A. and in Switzerland citizens enjoy double citizenship.

8. Eighthly, in a unitary government the constitution may or may not be rigid. For example the constitution of England is flexible whereas the constitution of Japan is rigid. But in a federation the constitution is rigid.

9. Ninthly, in a unitary government it is not necessary that the judiciary should be supreme and independent. In England judiciary is not supreme, there is supremacy of parliament. But in a federation judiciary is supreme and independent.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by Unitary Government?
Answer:
Unitary form of government is a system of administration in which all the powers of the state are vested with the central government. The centre sets up administrative units and grants some powers for the convenience of administration. The powers of these units solely depend on the Centre which can reduce or enhance their powers as the circumstances demand. The Central government is fully empowered to alter the boundaries of these units. In short, the very existence of these units is dependent upon the Centre.

Question 2.
Define a Federation.
Answer:
According to Hamilton, “ Federation is an association of States that form new once.” Indian federation has not come into existence by the union of independent States. The federation in India has come into existence by the integration of independent States into the British provinces.

According to Prof. Garner, “Federal Government is a system in which the totality of governmental powers is divided and distributed by the national Constitution or the organic act of Parliament creating it, between central government and the government of the individual States or other territorial sub-division of which the federation is composed.” According to Jellinek, “A federal state is a sovereign state formed out of several states.”

Question 3.
Discuss the main features of the Unitary government.
Answer:
Following are the main features of the unitary form of government:

  • All the powers of the states are concentrated in the hands of the central government.
  • The constitution does not distribute the powers between the central government and the local governments.
  • The local governments are merely the agents of the central government and are subject to its control.
  • The entire state is ruled from one seat of authority.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 4.
What do you mean by Federal type of Government?
Answer:
The word ‘Federation comes from the Latin word ‘Feodus’which means “agreement”. The federal government is a type of agreement by which many states with similar objectives, decide to become the members of a bigger unit. Under federal type of government, all the states that form federation enter into a government.

The first example of this type of federation is of America. These 13 states entered into an agreement after freedom and formed a federation. Under the agreement they granted all matters of national importance to the federal government and retained the local subjects with them. Federation is always formed by independent states. In India, the federation did not come into being as a result of independent states. Federation has been formed by provinces and states and the powers of both have been fully defined.

Question 5.
Describe the merits of Unitary government.
Answer:
Following are the merits of a unitary form of government:

  1. In this type of government the administration is quite strong. The disputes between the Centre and the states rarely arise.
  2. The main advantage of this government is that there is uniformity of administration. Such uniformity enables the government to act quickly and promptly.
  3. The unitary government has the advantage of flexibility. As the constitution is flexible, it can be changed with the change of time.
  4. This type of government is less expensive. The money which is spent on State legislature and executives is saved.

Question 6.
What are the demerits of a unitary government?
Answer:
Following are the demerits of a unitary government:

  • This form of government leads to the creation of despotic state.
  • It is not suitable to a country with a large size and population with different cultural interests.
  • It cannot fulfil the particular needs of a state or a locality.
  • In this type of government the central government becomes overburdened with work and it loses its efficiency.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 7.
What are the essential features of federal type of government?
Answer:

  1. Written Constitution: A written constitution is essential in a federation in the sense that both the centre and the states should be definite about their sphere of action.
  2. Division of Powers: The powers of the government in a federation are distributed between the centre and the states.
  3. Independent Judiciary: The presence of an independent and powerful judiciary is most essential in a federation.
  4. Bi-cameralism: Some people are of the opinion that the legislature in a federation should be bi-cameral.

Question 8.
What is the difference between the Unitary and federal forms of government?
Answer:
1. In unitary form of government, there is one central government for the whole state. But in federation, there are two types of government-central government and the state governments.

2. The constitution may be written or unwritten in unitary form of government, but there is definitely a written form of constitution in a federation.

3. In a unitary form of government, the citizens have single citizenship, but in a federal government, they have dual citizenship. .

4. In Federal Government the powers of the state are distributed between the centre and the state governments. But in unitary form of government they are vested with the centre only.

Question 9.
Mention the merits of a Federation.
Answer:
A federal government has following advantages:

  • A federation develops the spirit of nationalism. It also affords the benefits of the local government.
  • The administration of a federal government is always very efficient. The central government can control the matters of national importance efficiently and the state government can handle the local affairs.
  • In a federation the central government cannot become despotic.
  • This type of government is useful for the big states and the small states as well.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 10.
What are the demerits of Federal Government?
Answer:

  • A federal type of government is weak in the conduct of internal as well as external affairs.
  • The division of powers between the central govt, and the state governments always results in a conflict of legislation and administration between the two governments.
  • It has been observed that in a federation there is always a threat to national unity.
  • There is always a danger of the revolt by the states against the central government.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by Unitary Government?
Answer:
Unitary form of government is a system of administration in which all the powers of the state are vested with the central government. The centre sets up administrative units and grants some powers for the convenience of administration.

Question 2.
Define a Federation.
Answer:
According to Hamilton, “ Federation is an association of States that form new once.” Indian federation has not come into existence by the union of independent States. * The federation in India has come into existence by the integration of independent States into the British provinces.

Question 3.
Explain the main features of the Unitary government.
Answer:
Following are the main features of the unitary form of government:

  • All the powers of the states are concentrated in the hands of the central government.
  • The constitution does not distribute the powers between the central government and the local governments.

Question 4.
What do you mean by Federal type of Government?
Answer:
The word ‘Federation comes from the Latin word ‘Feodus’ which means “agreement”. The federal government is a type of agreement by which many states with similar objectives, decide to become the members of a bigger unit.. Under federal type of government, all the states that form federation enter into a government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 5.
Explain the merits of Unitary government.
Answer:
Following are the merits of a unitary form of government:

  • In this type of government the administration is quite strong. The disputes between the Centre and the states rarely arise.
  • The main advantage of this government is that there is uniformity of administration. Such uniformity enables the government to act quickly and promptly.

Question 6.
Discuss the demerits of a unitary government.
Answer:
Following are the demerits of a unitary government:

  • This form of government leads to the creation of despotic state.
  • It is not suitable to a country with a large size and population with different cultural interests.

Question 7.
What are the essential features of federal type of government?
Answer:

  1. Written Constitution: A written constitution is essential in a federation in the sense that both the centre and the states should be definite about their sphere of action.
  2. Division of Powers: The powers of the government in a federation are distributed between the centre and the states.

Question 8.
What is the difference between the Unitary and federal forms of government?
Answer:

  1. In unitary form of government there is one central government for the whole state. But in federation, there are two types of government-central government and the state governments.
  2. The constitution may be written or unwritten in unitary form of government, but there is definitely a written form of constitution in a federation.

Question 9.
Discuss the merits of a Federation.
Answer:
A federal government has following advantages:

  • A federation develops the spirit of nationalism. It also affords the benefits of the local government.
  • The administration of a federal government is always very efficient. The central government can control the matters of national importance efficiently and the state government can handle the local affairs.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Question 10.
Discuss the demerits of Federal Government.
Answer:

  • A federal type of government is weak in the conduct of internal as well as external affairs.
  • The division of powers between the central govt, and the state governments always results in a conflict of legislation and administration between the two governments.

Question 11.
Write the names of three modern states having federal form of government.
Answer:

  1. U.S.A.
  2. India
  3. Switzerland.

Question 12.
Write the names of four modern states having unitary form of government.
Answer:

  1. U.K.
  2. Japan
  3. China
  4. Bangla Desh.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention any one feature of Unitary Government.
Answer:
The Constitution does not divide the powers between the Centre and the States.

Question 2.
Mention any one demerit of Unitary Government.
Answer:
In a Unitary System Central government becomes despotic.

Question 3.
Write down any one merit of Federal Government.
Answer:
The administrator of a federal type of state is always very efficient.

Question 4.
Write down any one demerit of Federal Government.
Answer:
A Federal type of government is weak in the conduct of internal as well as external.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Fill in the blanks:

1. In a Unitary type of government the administration is quite …………………… .
Answer:
Strong

2. A …………………… Constitution is essential in a federation.
Answer:
Written

3. In a federal type of state the citizens are granted …………………… citizenship.
Answer:
Double.

True or False Statement

1. According to strong, A Unitary state is one organised under a single central govt.
Answer:
True

2. Unitary government is a Expensive government.
Answer:
False

3. The presence of a federal sentiment is very necessary for the successful working.
Answer:
True

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 13 Form of Governments: Unitary and Federal

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Unitary form of government is found in:
(A) U.S.A.
(B) Switzerland
(C) U.K.
(D) India.
Answer:
(C) U.K.

Question 2.
Federal form of government is found in:
(A) India
(B) Japan
(C) U.K.
(D) Nepal.
Answer:
(A) India

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Define Society. Explain the characteristics of Society.
Answer:
Man is by nature a social animal and he cannot live without a society. A man who does not five in a society is either a beast or a God.
Meaning and Definitions of Society:
Whenever a number of people unite together to carry out some definite purpose, they make a society. It is the most general form of human organization. But it is to be noted that the individuals who wander aimlessly in the street or gather in a picture-house without any common purpose among them do not constitute a society. In simple words common purpose and interest is the basis for the formation of any society.

Different writers have given different definitions of society:

  1. According to Dr. Jenks, “The term society means harmonious or at least peaceful relationship.”
  2. According to Ginsberg, “A society is the collection of individuals united by certain relation of modes of behaviour which mark them from others, who do not enter into those relations or who differ from them in behaviour.”
  3. According to Maclver, “Society includes every willed relationship of man to man.”
  4. According to Summer and Keller, “Society is a group of human beings living in co¬operative efforts to win subsistance and perpetuate the species.”
  5. According to Wright, “It is not a group of people, it is the system or relationship that exists between individuals or groups.”
  6. According to Giddings, “Society is a group of individuals cooperating for the achievement of any objective of common interest or utility.”
  7. According to G.D.H. Cole, “Society is the complex of associations and institutions within the community.”
  8. According to Leacock, “Society suggests not political relations by which men are bound together, but the whole range of human relations and collective activities.”

On the basis of above definitions we may define society as a group of people, large or small, who are combined together for the achievement of some definite aim or common purpose or plan with common effort. For instance there exist many societies like the Royal Asiatic Society, the Scientific Society and the Historical Society etc. for the welfare of the people.

The society may be local like a cricket club or may be national like national trade union or even it may be international like Red Cross Society which maintains its branches in every part of the world. In the ancient times societies existed in a very simple form because the desires of the people were limited and few.

But, the modem society is complex in nature because of increased desires as a result of advancement of culture and civilization. Thus many associations and organizations may exist in one wide society. Hence in the true sense, society is an assemblage of such associations through which men develop their physical, mental and spiritual qualities for human welfare.

Characteristics Of Society:
1. A Group of Persons:
Society is a group of persons living and working together in a spirit of peace and harmony for the satisfaction of their common wants and the promotion of their common good. It is a group of human beings living together and working together to achieve a common purpose for a common good, through their joint efforts.

2. Common Aims:
Persons living in a society have common interests and common wants for the attainment of which they work together and live together. Societies as Aristotle said were formed for the sake of good life. But they are maintained afterwards for the sake of good life. Thus the aim of society is to promote the good life of the members. Common needs and common interests of the members of the society give them common activities which serve as a bond of unity among the members of society. Unity gives strength and solidarity to the group.

3. Mutual Cooperation:
The individual is dependent on the society for the various needs. His ideas and actions are coloured by the society in which he lives. He is what the society makes him. As life becomes more complex, the necessity of living in society grows more urgent. From the early childhood to full grown manhood, the individual needs society at every stage of his life. He cannot satisfy his material needs for food or shelter without the co-operation of others. He cannot solve the problem of security of protection by his isolated efforts. Hence a good and happy life is possible only through co-operation.

4. Voluntary Membership:
The membership of a state is compulsory while that of a society is voluntary. An individual may become the member of a society or may not or he may become the member of the more than one society. State and family are two natural associations of which an individual must be a member. But once he accepts the membership of a society he must abide by the rules and regulations of that society. .

5. Equality among Members of the Group:
All the members of society irrespective of caste, colour, creed and sex must enjoy equal rights. There should be no discrimination against any member of the society. No member should be above the rules of the society and no member should enjoy special privileges. Majority decisions should be final.

6. Loyalty to the Group:
Lack of discipline creates a confusion and chaos and so all the members of the group must show perfect loyalty to that group by thoroughly observing the rules of discipline. All the members should be loyal to the organisation. Strength, permanance and unity can be had in the organization only if all the members are thoroughly disciplined.

7. Aims of Society:
The society always aims at the development of the individual. It provides the individual with all those opportunities or facilities with which he can develop his powers and faculties to the fullest extent. Moreover, the society aims at general welfare and not merely looks to the benefit of a particular section of people. The ultimate aim of society consists in the development of national life, cultural and ideal as constrasted with individual personality.

8. Fulfilment of Social Instinct:
According to Aristotle, “Man is a social animal.’ Man wants to live in society for the fulfilment of his social instinct. He cannot lead life in isolation. He possesses an instinct of gregariousness. If there is anybody who wants to lead an isolated life, he is either a god or a beast. Man’s social instinct is satisfied only if he leads a group life.

Conclusion:
We can conclude in the end that the proper progress of life is impossible without society. A man can develop his personality and be at his best only in society. It is because man lives in society that he proudly calls himself, “The top and crown of all creation.” Society enables man to live happily.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 2.
Define State and discuss its essential elements.
Or
Discuss the essential elements of a State.
Answer:
State is the main subject of Political Science, but the term ‘State’ is used in many ways due to which it is difficult for a common man to understand the proper meaning of the word ‘State’. Generally distinction is not made between State, Society and Nation and ordinarily the people use the word State for society, country, nation, government etc. But from Political Science point of view, it is not correct because all these terms have different meanings.

Many times the word State is used for the federating units and for the federation. For example, the word ‘State’ is used for United States of America as well as the units of U.S.A. Similarly the word ‘State’ is used for India and for its units. Punjab, Bengal, Haryana, U.P., M.P. etc. are often called states but in fact these are not states. For a student of Political Science it is essential to know the meaning of term ‘State’.

Etymology of the word State:
The word ‘State’ is derived from the Latin word ‘Status’. The term ‘Status’ means social status of a man. In ancient times, no distinctioin was made between state and society. Hence the word ‘state’ was used to connote social status. But gradually its meaning changed and during the time of Cicero it was used for the status of the whole society.

In modern sense this term was used for first of all by Machiavelli, a great political scientist of Italy, in the book ‘The Prince’. In ‘The Prince’ Maehiavelli writes “All the powers which have had and have authority over men are states (state) and are either monarchies or republics.” Explaining the importance of the word ‘State’ as used by Machiavelli, Sir Earnest Barker writes, “The word ‘State’ when it came into use in England during the sixteenth century, brought with it from Italy the idea of a high ‘State’ or stateliness vested in some one person or some body of persons.”

Definition of State. According to Garner, there are as many definitions of the state as much is the number of writers. Different writers have given definitions from their own point of view. Some writers on the basis of source, some on the basis of elements, some on the basis of the origin of the state and some on the basis of aims of the state has defined the word ‘State’.

1. According to Aristotle, “State is a union of families and villages having for its end a perfect and self-sufficing life by which we mean happy and honourable life.” But Aristotle’s definition cannot be used in modem times as Aristotle has not made any distinction between state and society. Moreover, Aristotle’s definition has not mentioned territory and sovereignty.

2. According to Bluntschli, “State is politically organised people of a definite territory.”

3. According to Oppenheim, “The State exists when people are settled in a country under its own sovereign Government.”

4. According to Laski, “The State is a territorial society divided into government and subjects claiming within its alloted physical area a supremacy over all other institutions.”

5. According to Woodrow Wilson, “The State is a people organised for law within a definite territory.”

6. According to Gamer, “The State, as a concept of Political Science and Public Law, is a community of persons, more less numerous, permanently occupying a defined portion of territory, independent or nearly so of external control, and possessing an organised government to which the great body of inhabitants render habitual obedience.”

7. According to Gilchrist, “The State is a concept of Political Science and exist when a number of people, living on a definite territory are unifed under a government which in internal matters is the organ for expressing their sovereignty, and in external matters is independent of other governments.”

8. According to Bodin, “The state is an association of families and their common possessions governed by Supreme Power and by reason.”

9. According to Burges, “The State is a particular portion of mankind viewed as an organised unit.” .

10. According to Maclver, “The state is an association which acting through law as promulgated by a government endowed to this end with corecive power maintains within a community territorially democrated the universal conditions of social order.”

Among all these definitions, Garner and Gilchrist’s definitions are considered the best one because in these definitions all the four elements i.e. population, territory, government and sovereignty are clearly mentioned.

Elements of State:
On the basis of different definitions of State, we can say that state is a group of people having sovereignty, living in a fixed territory under the control of an organised Government. This definition of ‘state is based on four elements: Population, Fixed territory, Government and Sovereignty. It is true that different writers have stressed different elements. Some have emphasised Population, Government and Sovereignty and others have stressed Population, Territory and Government. But modem writers agree with the fact that state has four elements and state can’t exist without any one of them.

These elements are given below:
1. Population
2. Fixed Territory
3. Government
4. Sovereignty.

1. Population:
Population is the main element of state. State is not a group of animals and birds. It is a political institution of human beings. Existence of State can’t be imagined without population. No fixed rules are there to fix the limit of population, but sufficient population is needed for the state. Ten to twenty people can’t make a State.

However, difference of opinions exist among the writers about number of persons in a state. According to Plato, the number of population in a ideal state should be 5040. But according to Aristotle the number of population should neither be too small nor too large, but large enough to be self-sufficing and small enough to be well governed.

In other words, according to Aristotle population of the state should not be 50-60 because with this number the state cannot become self-sufficient and at the same time it should not be ten lakhs because such a big population is not controlled properly. Rousseau was a supporter of direct democracy, hence he fixed the population of a state at ten thousand and remarked that larger the population of state, less and liberty of the people.

But in the present time it is not possible to fix the population of the state. Modem tendency is in favour of states with huge population. Population of Communist China is about 135 crores whereas that of India more than 130 crores. Population of Russia is about 20 crores, and that of U.S.A. 30 crores.

But on the other hand there are very small states like San Marino and Monaco which have population of about 25 thousand and 32 thousand respectively. There are also countries which have the population in lakhs. Luxemburge has the population of 4 lakhs whereas that of Switzerland is more than 70 lakhs. For some countries large population becomes a big problem.

For example for India large population is problem and government is emphasising family planning so that the growth of population is checked. But there are states which encourage the couples to produce more children. Before World War in Germany as in Italy state prizes to the couple were offered who produced children above a fixed number. But those who were issueless and the married they were heavily taxed by the state.

But seeing the population of the modern states, we can say that it is not only difficult but rather impossible to fix the population of the state. But still we agree with the view expressed by Aristotle that the population of the state should be large enough to be self-sufficing and well governed. In fact the population of the state should be to such an extent that the masses of that state lead a happy and prosperous life.

2. Fixed Territory:
Just as population is an essential element of the state, similarly fixed territory is an essential attribute of the state. But some scholars do not consider fixed territory as an essential element of the state. According to Jellinek before 19th century no writer had included territory in the definition of the term ‘State’. Kulber was the first writer who wrote and talked about the element of territory. Seeley and Duguit have not regarded fixed territory as an essential element of the state. In the words of Duguit, “Territory is not an indispensable element in the formation of state.”

But modern writers are not ready to accept this view. According to them, without fixed territory there can be no state. If masses are the soul of the state then fixed territory is the body of the state. According to Bluntschli, “As the state has its personal basis in the people, so it has its material basis in the land. The people do not become a state until they have acquired a territory.

So long as the people do not occupy a fixed territory, state cannot come into existence. Nomadic tribes and gypsies who wander from one place to another do not constitute a state because they do not have fixed territory. Before T948 Jews were scattered all over the world but they could not form a state because they were having no fixed territory. But when they started living on a fixed territory of Israel, then Israel became a state. In fact this element of the state made state separate from other associations.

Meaning of State Territory:
When we say that territory, is essential for the state then territory does not mean only a part of land but it means land, water and air. All the rivers, mountains, lakes and the mineral resources which are within the area of the state, are included in the territory. If sea is along the land then certain miles of that set is also a part of the territory of the state. The air¬space over the land is also included in the territory of the state.

Limits of State Territory:
Just as population cannot be fixed for the state, similarly no definite limit can be laid down about the territory. In ancient times the area of Greek City-states was very small. In those days the means of transportation and communication had not much developed. In those days small city-states were preferred for the successful running of direct democracy because all the people were personally acquainted with one another and hence could easily assemble together for some discussion or to take some decision. But modern age is a scientific age.

Means of transport and communication are fully developed and it is not difficult to administer a vast territory. Today, big states have been established. There are countries, like China, India, Russia, America etc. whose territory spreads into lakhs of squre miles. At present the largest territory is under the jurisdiction of Russia. The area of Russia is 17,075,000 square Kilometre while that of Canada is 9,976,139 square kilometre.

But there are also countries with small territories like Monaco, San Marino, Liechtenstein Vatican, Luxumberge etc. which have 1.95 sq Km., 61 sq Km., 160 sq Km., 0.44 sq Km., 2586 sq Km. areas of land respectively. But in internationalism all countries are equal. For example, in the United States all member-states are equal. In the modem age that state is considered more powerful and important which is having a large territory because in a large territory there are more natural resources.

3. Government:
The third essential element of a state is government. People inhabiting a certain territory cannot by themselves constitute a state, until and unless there is a political organisation of the people. Such a political organisation is the government. Government is that agency which formulates, expresses and fulfils the collective will of the people. Without the government masses cannot be organised. In the words of Garner, “Without a government the population would be an incoherent, unorganised anarchic mass with no means of collective action.”

In a state government can be of any type. In India, U.S.A., England, Switzerland, Canada, France, Germany etc. there is a democratic form of government while in China, Cuba, North Korea, etc. there is a dictatorship of the communist party. In Nepal there is a monarchy. In some states there is a parliamentary form of government, while in some there is a presidential government. In Japan, India, England etc. there is a parliamentary government, while in U.S.A. there is a presidential government.

In some state there is a federal government, while in some there is a unitary government. In U.S.A., Switzerland and India there is a federal government, while in Japan and in England there is a unitary government. It is immaterial which form of government exists in a state because government is changeable. With a change of government the status of state does not change. Whatever the form of government, every government has three main functions- law-making, enforcement of law and interpretation of law.

To perform, these three main functions there are three organs of the government,
(1) Legislature,
(2) Executive and
(3) Judiciary.
The government should be powerful enough to maintain law and order and should be able to defend its territory against any sort of foreign aggression.

4. Sovereignty:
The fourth essential element of the state is sovereignty. Population, fixed territory and government cannot constitute a state unless there is sovereignty also. The word sovereignty is derived from Latin word Superanus which means supreme. In this way sovereignty means the supreme power of the State. State possesses supreme right and no body can disobey the state. Due to sovereignty state is having full control over all the citizens and their associations. It also implies freedom from control from any outside authority. According to Laski, “It is the possession of Sovereignty that the state is distinguished from all other forms of human associations.” Sovereignty is of two types-Internal Sovereignty and External Sovereignty.

(i) Internal Sovereignty:
Internal sovereignty implies that the state has full control over all individuals, associations, institutions, and organisations within the state. No one can challenge its authority. If anyone disobeys the orders of the state, state has a right to punish him. The will of the state is supreme and must prevail under all circumstances and in all cases. Sovereignty cannot be divided among the different associations within the state.

Some people think that in a federal government internal sovereignty is divided between the Centre and the states. But this view is not correct. Internal sovereignty cannot be divided. In a federation, instead of sovereignty, powers are divided between the Centre and the units.

(ii) External Sovereignty:
External sovereignty implies that outside the state there is no institution of power which can compel the state to do certain things which state is not otherwise interested to do. A sovereign state is complete independent. It is absolutely free to determine its policy towards other states. If the policies of a country are controlled by other countries then it means that country is not state. Before 1947 India was under the control of Great Britain, hence it was not a state.

But India got independence on 15th August, 1947 and then India became a state. International treaties and agreements are made by the will of the state. To be a member of the United Nations is not against the external sovereignty of the state because to become a member of the United Nations is the will of the state concerned. The United Nations cannot be called a state, because it does not give sovereign powers to its members. Similarly Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh etc. are not states because they don’t possess sovereignty which is with India. Thus there are four essential elements of the state and if out of these four elements one element is missing, state cannot be established.

Can any element be called the most important one ? Ordinarily, this question is raised which of the four elements of the state is the most important. Every element in its own place is important and if one element is missing we cannot have a state. We cannot think of a state without population. Without fixed territory we cannot have a state. Peace and order cannot be established without a government.

Government formulates, expresses and fulfils the collective will of the state. Fourth element of the state i.e., sovereignty is very important because other three elements are available in other associations also but sovereignty is possessed only by the state. Sovereignty is the only element which draws a line of demarcation between the state and the other associations and hence state is the highest association.

That is why some writers give more importance to sovereignty than other elements. In the word of Gettell, “The state is not the people, nor the land, nor the government, but all of them and in addition the state must possess that unity which makes it a distinct and independent political unity.”

But the truth is that all the four elements are essential elements for the formation of the state. In the words of Gettell, “The absence of any one of these elements destroys the state, all must exist in combination.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 3.
Distinguish between State and Society.
Answer:
In ancient time no distinction was made between the State and the government. Aristotle has not made any distinction between state and society. For Plato and Aristotle state was society. It was due to the reason that at that time city-state was so small that it was very difficult to make a distinction between state and society. Greek city-states covered all aspects of human life-State was not only a political organisation, but it was also a religious, economic and cultural institution.

Hence it was natural not to make a distinction between state and society. In the modern age Hegel and Bosanquet have not made any distinction between state and society. Hitler and Mussolini have also not considered any distinction between state and society. Mussolini remarked, “Everything within a state, nothing outside the state and nothing against the state.”

But State and Society are not one. Maelver has rightly said that, “To identify the social with the political is to be guilty of the grossest of all confusions, which completely bars any understanding of either society or of the state.”
Following are the differences between State and Society:

1. Society is prior to the State:
According to Aristotle man is a social animal by nature and necessity. From the beginning man is living in the society. With the advent of man on earth, society began. But state was established at that time when political organisation with the society was established. Political organisation was established when men realised the necessity of peace and political consciousness was created among them. Thus state was established after the formation of a society.

2. Aim of Society is wider than that of State:
Aim of the society is wider, whereas the aim of the state is narrow. Aim of the society is development of all aspects of individual life. It is concerned not only with the political relations of man but with the whole range of human relations such as religious, educational, recreational, economic, social etc. But the state is mainly concerned with the political aspect of individual life.

3. Society is larger than the State:
Size of the state is small in comparison to the size of society. If we take a broader view of the word ‘Society’ then we can include whole humanity in it. For example members of Hindu Samaj are in many countries-India, Pakistan, Canada, Great Britain etc. Hence the size of society is larger than the State.

4. Definite territory is essential for the State, not for the Society:
Definite territory is an essential element of the state and without it there can be no state. But for a society definite territory is not essential. The group of people who wish to form a society may live in a particular country or may be scattered all over the world. Before the establishment of Israel, Jewish society was spread all over the world. Red Cross Society has its branches all over the world.

5. State is organised, Society can be organised as well as unorganised:
Political organisation is very essential for a State. Without political organisation (government) there can be no government. Government is an essential element of the state and will of the state is expressed through it. But society includes organised as well as unorganised communities.

When there was no state man lived in family and in tribes and these tribes wandered from place to place but still there was society though it was unorganised. With the establishment of government organisation came into society and with this state came into being.

6. State possesses sovereignty, Society does not:
Sovereignty is an essential element of the state. State has a power to issue orders and get them obeyed. Those who disobey the laws of the state, they are punished by the state. But the society has no such power through which it can enforce its rules. Society can only make rules for the guidance of man’s conduct. But if anyone disobeys the rules of society, he cannot be punished by the society. At the most, society can exert moral pressure but it is up to the people whether to obey rules of the society or not.

7. Society regulates both External and Internal activities of man while state regulates only the external activities of man. State is concerned with the external activities of man and not with the internal, whereas society is concerned with both. State regulates the external activities of man through its laws. State can take action against the activities of the individual but when a man thinks, state has nothing to do with that. But society is concerned not only with external activities but also with what man thinks.

8. The rules of State are different from the rules of Society:
Rules, and laws and the state are definite and clear and they are enacted by the legislature. But rules of the society are based on customs traditions and conventions and hence they are not definite and clear.

Conclusion:
Prom the above discussion it is clear that clear-cut distinction exists between the State and the Society. This distinction is not only theoretical but practical also. State’s sphere is political and it should not interfere in the social life of the individual. If it interferes then it becomes a totalitarian state. However, modern state is a welfare state and hence it cannot interfere into religion, culture, language and morality etc. of the people.

Though State and Society are different entities, yet they are closely related and interdependent. According to Barker “Society is held together by the state and if it were not held together, it could not exist.” Though state is an organ of the society, but society is maintained by state and if the state does not maintain the society, state will cease to exist.

In the words of Barker, “State and society have the same moral purpose. They lend and borrow from each other.” In the end we can say that though both are closely related yet they are not one. Laski has rightly said that, “the state may set the keynote of the social order but it is not identical with it.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 4.
Define ‘Nation’ and discuss the distinctions between ‘Nation’ and ‘State’.
Answer:
Various terms which are generally used in Political Science have been defined differently by different writers. The term ‘Nation’ has also been defined in various ways. Different writers have defined this term from different points of view. These view-points can be divided into three parts:
1. Ethnic view;
2. Cultural and Psychic view;
3. Political view.

These three view-points are explained as follows:
1. Ethnic view:
The word ‘Nation’ comes from the Latin word ‘natus’ which means ‘bom’. A nation, therefore, means a people having common origin of coming from a common stock. The definitions given from this point of view are as follows:

  • According to Burgess, “A nation is a population of an ethnic unity, inhabiting a territory of a geographic unity.”
  • According to Leacock, “Nation is a union of men having racial or ethnographic significance.”

Comments:
In the ancient times the oneness of community or race may have been the basis of a nation but in the modem age this view is not acceptable. No community or a race can call itself absolutely pure. Therefore, this view-point is not acceptable because it does not suit the present conditions.

2. Cultural and Psychic View:
Some people are of the opinion that a nation refers to the large number of people in a state who are bound together by certain emotional and cultural ties and who have a feeling of oneness. They feel that the feeling of oneness is the result of same language, religion, culture, history and traditions. The definitions given from this point of view are as ahead:

Society, State And Nation:
(i) According to Bluntschli, “Nation is a union of masses of men .bound together, specially by language and customs in a common civilization which give them a sense of unity and distinction from all foreigners.”

(ii) According to Barker, “A nation is a community of persons living in a definite territory and there by bound together by the bonds of mutual love.” Comments. This view-point is comparatively better than the one given before. One thing is quite clear now that psychological and spiritual unit is quite essential for the building up of a nation.

3. Political View:
The modern writers generally take the meaning of a nation as a political organisation. Most of the writers are of the opinion that the nation does not only mean that group of people which has a cultural and spiritual unity but it should also have a political unity.

Following definitions have been given from this point of view:

  • According to Hyes, “A nationality by acquiring unity and sovereign independence becomes a nation.”
  • According to Gilchrist, “Nation is the State plus something else the unit of the people organised in one State.”

Comments:
Most of the writers now-a-days consider nation a political institution but this view-point is not wholly correct. It is not proper to use the word ‘nation’ from political point of view. According to J. W. Garner, “ a nation is not necessarily a people organized as a State nor is a State essentially a nation.”

From the above discussion we can conclude that no single point of view can justifiably define or interpret nation. No point of view is complete in itself, there is some truth in every point of view. In a nutshell we can say that a nationality is a group of people bound together by certain ties like religion, culture, traditions, conventions and literature, etc. in such a manner that they have a sense of oneness. One nation, one state principle in the modern times is the most important one.

Difference Between State And Nation:
Ordinarily no difference is considered between nation and nationality. Nation comes very near to the State. Union of states is often called the union of nations, e.g., League of Nations, United Nations Organisation. In the modern age we find nation state which are formed on the basis of ‘one nation, one State’ principle.

The theory of one nation, one state itself points out towards the distinction between state and nation. According to this theory every nation should have the right to form a state and the states formed in this manner are called natural states. It implies that there can be state without the nation and there can be nation without the state.

Following points would make the distinction between the nation and the state clear:
1. State has four essential Elements:
State has four essential attributes- population, territory, government and sovereignty. Out of these, if there is even the lack of one element, the state cannot come into existence. We don’t need any of the four elements for the making of a nation. Nation is an association organised through cultural and spiritual feelings.

Nation can come into existence only when the people get conscious of unit. e.g., themselves into one group. That one group must have the feeling of oneness and that is possible only if the people have the same language, religion, culture, traditions and conventions etc. The elements of a nation may change and they go on changing, but the elements of state are permanent and they are always the same.

2. Idea of oneness is Essential for the Nation but not for the State:
Only that group of people can be called a nation which has sense of unity, but it is not essential in the case of a State. In case of State, it is essential that the people should be politically organised. Before Bangladesh’s coming into existence Pakistan was certainly a State but it was not a nation.

3. Definite Territory is essential for the State but not for the Nation:
State is a territorial organisation and it is only a definite territory. Nation is connected with the feeling of unity and not with any fixed territory. The members of an association or an organisation may be limited to small territory and they may also be spread all the world over.

4. There can be Many Nations in one State and Many States in one Nation:
Austria-Hungary was a single State before World War I, although there was no sense of spiritual unity among her people. In fact, she was a State having two distinct nations-Austria and Hungary within its fold. This proves that there can be many nations in one State. Pakistan and Bangladesh were two nations but they were one State. It is now that Pakistan and Bangladesh are two different States. On the other hand, one nation may be divided into two States, as North Korea and South Korea are one nation but they are two different States.

5. Sovereignty is essential for the State and not for the Nation:
State has the elements of sovereignty and it is essential for the existence of the State. The nation does not have any sovereignty. Nation attempts at attaining freedom and when it wins it, it gets sovereignty and with it also becomes a State and starts using its sovereignty. Now Bangladesh has become a State and the sovereignty which previously was in the hands of the rulers of Pakistan, now rests with the rulers of Bangladesh.

6. The State can Neither Create a Nation Nor End a Nation:
Due to the element of sovereignty, the State has control over all its citizens and other foreigners living in its territory and also controls the associations and other organisations but- the State can neither create that sentiment for unity in the hearts of the people which is essential for the making of a nation nor it can end a nation. We can very well see the things in our own case. The English tyrannized over the Indians for a long time but despite that they could not become a hindrance in our uniting as a nation.

Despite all these differences it would not be wrong to say that as in the modem times, on the basis of one nation, one State theory, national states are emerging, the nation and the state are coming close to each other.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by Society?
Answer:
Society is a group of persons living and working together in a spirit of peace and harmony for the satisfaction of their common wants and the promotion of their common good. It is a group of human beings living together and working together to achieve a common purpose for a common good, through their joint efforts.

  1. According to Dr. Jenks, “The term society means harmonious or at least peaceful relationship.”
  2. According to Maclver, “ Society includes every willed relationship of man to man.,
  3. According to Giddings, “ Society is a group of individuals co-operating for the achievement of any objective of common interest or utility.”
  4. According to Wright, “Society is not a group of people, it is the system or relationship that exists between individuals or groups.”

Question 2.
Write down any four characteristics of society.
Answer: .

  1. Group of Persons: Society is a group of persons living and working together in a spirit of peace and harmony for the satisfaction of their common wants and the promotion of their common good.
  2. Voluntary Membership: The membership of a state is compulsory while that of a society is voluntary.
  3. Mutual Co-operation: The individual is dependent on the society for various needs.
  4. Social Instinct: Society provides the individuals with all those opportunities or facilities with which he can develop his powers and faculties to the fullest extent.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 3.
Describe the meaning of the word state.
Answer:
The word “State’ is derived from the Latin word “Status’. The term ‘Status’ means social status of a man. In ancient times, no distinction was made between state and society. But gradually its meaning changed and during the time of Cicero it was used for the status of the whole society. In modern times this term was used for first of all by Machiavelli. State is a superior organisation to all other associations.

Different writers have given different definitions of the State. According to Bluntschli, “ State is politically organised people of a definite territory.” According to Garner, “ The State, as a concept of political science and public law, is a community of persons, more or less numerous. Permanently occupying a defined portion of territory, independent or nearly so of external control, and possessing an organised government to which the great body of inhabitants render habitual obedience.”

Question 4.
What are the essential elements of a State?
Answer:
There are four essential elements of a state. These elements are:
1. Population
2. Fixed territory
3. Government
4. Sovereignty.

1. Population:
Population is an essential element of the State. No fixed rules are there to fix the limit of population, but sufficient population is needed for the state.

2. Fixed Territory:
So long as the people do not occupy a fixed territory state cannot come into existence. Territory does not mean only a part of land but it means land, water and air. All the rivers, mountains, lakes and mineral resources which are with in the area of the state are included in the territory.

3. Government:
People living in a certain territory cannot by themselves constitute a state until and unless there is a political organisation of the people. Such a political organisation is the government. In a state the government can be of any type.

4. Sovereignty:
Sovereignty means the supreme power of the state. State possesses supreme rights and nobody can disobey the state. Due to sovereignty state is having full control over all the citizens and their associations.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 5.
Make a distinction between State and Society.
Answer:
Following are the differences between state and society:

  1. Society is prior to the state. With the advent of man on earth, society began. But state was established at that time when organisation within the society was established.
  2. Aims of the society is development of all aspects of individual life whereas the state is mainly concerned with the political aspects of individual life.
  3. Size of the state is small in comparison to the size of society.
  4. Definite territory is essesntial for the state but not for society.

Question 6.
Is Punjab a State?
Answer:
Punjab is not a State. It is one of the provinces of Indian State. The population of Punjab is infact not the population of Punjab because people residing in Punjab are the citizens of India. Centre has a right to change the boundary of Punjab. Punjab government is not sovereign neither in internal matters nor in external matters. Hence, Punjab is not a State.

Question 7.
Define Nation.
Answer:
The Word ‘Nation’ comes from the Latin word ‘Natus’ Which means ‘bom’. A nation, therefore, means a people having common origin of coming from a common stock. Many writers defined Nation according to their view point. Following are the definitions of the Nation.

  1. According to Burgess, “A nation is a population of an ethnic unity, inhabiting a territory of a geographic unity.”
  2. According to Leacock, “Nation is a union of men having racial or ethnographic significance.”
  3. According to Barker, “A nation is a community of perons living in a definite territory and thereby bound together the bonds of mutual love.”
  4. According to Gilchrist, “Nation is the state plus something else the unit of the people organised in one state.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 8.
Distinguish between State and Nation.
Answer:

  1. State has four essential elements, but elements of nation are not fixed.
  2. The element of a nation may change and they go on changing, but the elements of state are permanent and they are always the same.
  3. Idea of oneness is essential for the nation but not for the state.
  4. Definite territory is essential for the state but not for the nation.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you understand by Society?
Answer:
Society is a group of persons living and working together in a spirit of peace and harmony for the satisfaction of their common wants and the promotion of their common good. It is a group of human beings living together and working together to achieve a common purpose for a common good, through their joint efforts.

Question 2.
Discuss any two characteristics of society.
Answer:
1. Group of Persons. Society is a group of persons living and working together in a spirit of peace and harmony for the satisfaction of their common wants and the promotion of their common good.
2. Voluntary Membership. The membership of a state is compulsory while that of a society is voluntary.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 3.
What do you understand by state?
Answer:
The word “State’ is derived from the Latin word “Status’. The term ‘Status’ means social status of a man. In ancient times, no distinction was made between state and society. In modern times this term was used for first of all by Machiavelli. State is a superior organisation to all other associations.

Question 4.
Define State.
Answer:
According to Garner, “ The State, as a concept of political science and public law, is a community of persons, more or less numerous. Permanently occupying a defined portion of territory, independent or nearly so of external control, and possessing an organised government to which the great body of inhabitants render habitual obedience.”

Question 5.
What are the essential elements of a State?
Answer:
There are four essential elements of a state. These elements are:-
1. Population,
2. Fixed territory,
3. Government, and
4. Sovereignty.

Question 6.
Make a distinction between State and Society.
Answer:
Following are the differences between state and society:
1. Society is prior to the state: With the advent of man on earth, society began. But state was established at that time when organisation within the society was established.

2. Aims of the society is development of all aspects of individual life whereas the state is mainly concerned with the political aspects of individual life.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 7.
Is Punjab a State?
Answer:
Punjab is not a State. It is one of the provinces of Indian State. Punjab government is not sovereign neither in internal matters nor in external matters. Hence, Punjab is not a State.

Question 8.
Discuss the meaning of Nation.
Answer:
The Word ‘Nation’ comes from the Latin word ‘Natus’ Which means “bom’. A nation, therefore, means a people having common origin of coming from a common stock. Many writers defined Nation according to their view point. Following are the definitions of the Nation.

Question 9.
Distinguish between State and Nation.
Answer:

  • State has four essential elements, but elements of nation are not fixed.
  • The element of a nation may change and they go on changing, but the elements of state are permanent and they are always the same.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
From which word the word state is derived?
Answer:
The word state is derived from the Latin word status.

Question 2.
Define state.
Answer:
According to Blunstachli, “State is politically organised people of a definite territorý.”

Question 3.
Write down any two elements of state.
Answer:

  1. Population
  2. Government.

Question 4.
Define society.
Answer:
According to G.D.H. Cole, “Society is the complex of association and institutions with in the communit.”

Question 5.
Write down any one feature of society.
Answer:
Society is a group of persor.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 6.
Distinguish lietween state and socIety.
Answer:
Aim of society is wider than that of state.

Question 7.
Define Nation.
Answer:
According to Barker, “A nation is a community of persons living in a definite territory and there by bound together by the bonds of mutual love.”

Question 8.
Write down any two factors which promote feelings of Nationalism.
Answer:

  1. Common motherland
  2. Common Language

Question 9.
Write down any one difference between nation and state.
Answer:
State had four essential elements but elements of nation are not fix.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Fill in the blanks

1. The term …………………….. means social status of man.
Answer:
Status

2. …………………….. and Gilchrist definition of state are considered the best.
Answer:
Gamer

3. In China there is a …………………….. of the Communist Party.
Answer:
Dictatorship

4. Sovereignty means the …………………….. power of the state.
Answer:
Supreme

5. U.N.O. is not considered a …………………….. .
Answer:
State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

True or False statement

1. Jammu and Kashmir is not a state in the strict scientific sense.
Answer:
True.

2. State is prior to society.
Answer:
False

3. State possess sovereignty, society does not.
Answer:
True.

4. State has four essential elements, but nation has five essential elements.
Answer:
False

5. Ideas of oneness is essential for the Nation but not for the state.
Answer:
True.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Who said “Society is the web of social relationships and it is always changing.”
(A) Ogg and Zink
(B) Garner
(C) Maciver and Page
(D) Karl Marx.
Answer:
(C) Maciver and Page

Question 2.
The main difference between ‘State’ and ‘Society is:
(A) State is an association within society.
(B) Society is territorial, while the state may or may not be.
(C) Society is prior to state.
(D) State commands force, while ‘Society’ rnly uas’io.
Answer:
(D) State commands force, while ‘Society’ rnly uas’io.

Question 3.
The principle “that the population of a state should be large enough to make it self-sufficient and small enough to make good government
possible” was advanced by:
(A) Rousseau
(B) Plato
(C) Aristotle
(D) Laski.
Answer:
(C) Aristotle

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 9 Society, State and Nation

Question 4.
Who said, “A nationality by acquiring unity and sovereign independence becomes a nation.”?
(A) Gilchrist
(B) Hayes
(C) Burgess
(D) Barber.
Answer:
(B) Hayes

Question 5.
Which of the following is not a difference between State and Nation?
(A) State has four essential elements but no essential elements of Nation.
(B) Idea of oneness is essential for the Nation but not for the State.
(C) Sovereignty is essential for the State and not for the Nation.
(D) Sovereignty is essential for the Nation and not for the State.
Answer:
(D) Sovereignty is essential for the Nation and not for the State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 8 Justice Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 8 Justice

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Define the term ‘Justice’. Discuss the fundamental postulates of Justice.
Answer:
‘Justice’ is of utmost importance in Political Science. Its existence is as ancient as human society. Several scholars have defined justice differently in every age.
Meaning and definitions of Justice. The word ‘Justice’ has been derived from Latin word ‘ Jus’ which means, Bond or Tie. It means, Justice is that system where in all individuals are related to each other. In modern Political Science, Justice stands for that state of social life in which personal rights are combined with social welfare. Main definitions of justice are mentioned below :
1. To quote J.S. Mill, “Justice is the name for certain classes of moral values, which concern the essentials of human well-being more clearly and are, therefore, of more absolute obligations, than any other rules for the guidance of life.

2. According to Barker, “Justice is an order of persons and an order of the principles regulating the distribution of rights to persons, which is measured and determined by a final and ultimate value.”

3. According to Salmond, “Justice means to give every individual his due share.”

4. Merriam opines, “Justice consists in a system of understandings and procedures through which is accorded what is agreed upon as fair.”

Merriam’s definition highlights the following four aspects:

  • Justice is concerned with moral values and conceptions of society.
  • Justice is related to procedures also. Law and Courts are set to get justice.
  • The aim of Justice is to arrange rights and conveniences for people.
  • Different classes of society at a time can have different conceptions of rights and conveniences.

On the basis of above-mentioned definitions, we can conclude that Justice is that state in which a man can lead a well-set and disciplined life.

Fundamental Postulates Of Justice:
Arnold Brecht has described the following Fundamental Postulates of Justice-

1. Truth: Truth is the basic postulate of justice. Truth means exact presentation of an incident. Truthfulness of the facts stated in courts is of primary importance.

2. Generality of the Systems of Value: It means that the same conception of justice should be applied to every matter.

3. Equality before Law: All the citizens should be equal before law. The citizens should not be discriminated in the name of caste, colour, creed and sex.

4. Freedom: Justice and freedom are co-related. The Liberals are of the view that man can get justice only in a free atmosphere. Freedom should be restricted for the welfare of society and nation.

5. Respect for the Essentials of Nature: It is against the spirit of justice to compel a man to do some work which is beyond his capacity naturally. For example, to expect an old and ill man to put in physical labour is purely injustice.

These above-mentioned five fundamental postulates are necessary to be followed to get justice at the local, national and international level.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Question 2.
What are the socio-economic dimensions of Justice ? Explain fully.
Or
What do you understand by the phrase, ‘Justice, Social and Economic’? Indicate five of its major implications.
Answer:
Two forms of Justice- Moral and Legal were prevalent traditionally. But these days Justice has various aspects – legal, political, social and economic. The importance of social and economic justice is increasing day-by-day and both are inter-connected. Social and economic justice is the very basis of present welfare states.

Social Justice:
Social justice is extremely popular in modem age. Innumerable people, all over the world, have adopted Socialism and Marxism only because of social justice. Once Pandit Nehru expressed his view that Marxism is extremely popular not because of its scientific principle but for its readiness for social justice.

According to Gajendra Gadker, “ Social Justice means the abolition of all social inequalities and provision of equal opportunities to all the individuals living in society.” Allen says, “ Social justice means removal of inequalities and discrimination amongst the members of the society.” Thus social justice means that all the people living in society are equal. The people should not be treated discriminately on the basis of caste, religion, colour and sex.

All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities, all should have equal facilities to use public places, religious places and the places of entertainment. The State shouldn’t adopt the policy of untouchability and the interests of the minorities should be. safeguarded.

According to Barker, it is the main objective of society to give opportunity to each individual to develop his inborn talent. So establishment of adequate conditions for all is Social Justice.
Laski is of the view that to provide equal social rights is social justice. Establishment of social justice is the responsibility of the State. Social justice has been strongly emphasised in Indian Constitution and the Government of India has passed general laws to establish Social Justice.

Economic Justice:
Social justice and Economic Justice are intimately related to each other. Aristotle considered economic inequality to be improper. Kautilya suggested that the State would provide means to live to the orphans, helpless and the disabled. The State would organise economic system in such a way as to provide justice to its citizens.

Karl Marx, the expounder of Communism, called Economic Justice to be the basis of social, political and cultural justice. Now-a-days social justice without economic justice is thought to be sheer imagination. M.C. Chagla has rightly commented, freedom is meaningless if it obstructs the realization of economic justice. Social justice has no value for a hungry and unemployed person.

According to Setalvad, “Economic justice is the provision of equal opportunities to the citizens to acquire wealth and use it for their living, it is applied to those persons who are disabled or old or unemployed and therefore not in a position to acquire wealth and should be helped by society to live.”

Important elements of economic justice are mentioned below:

  • The bare necessities of all the citizens should be provided with.
  • Every individual should be given the sources of livelihood. Adequate wages for their work should be given.
  • Under special circumstances citizens have the right to get government aid. The State should protect the old, unemployed and economically infirm.
  • Men and women should get equal wages for equal work.
  • The scholars differ in their views about the control over property and sources of production.

It is the State’s responsibility to establish economic justice. The State aims at eliminating economic inequality. Economic justice is the very foundation of modem state. A just society can’t he established without economic justice. The Government of India is trying its best to maintain economic justice.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the term Justice.
Answer:
The word ‘Justice’ has been derived from Latin word ‘Jus’ which means, Bond or Tie. It means, Justice is that system where in all individuals are related to each other. Justice is connected with the fact as to what type of moral, social, economic, political and legal relations an individual has with the other individual. In Modern Political Science, Justice stands for that state of social life in which personal rights are combined with social welfare.

  1. According to Salmond, “Justice means to give every individual his due share.”
  2. Merriam opines, “Justice consists in a system of understanding and procedures through which is accorded what is agreed upon as fair.”

Question 2.
Distinguish between legal and moral justice.
Answer:
The difference between legal justice and moral justice is as follows:
1. Legal justice deals with Principles and procedures as laid down by the system of law prevailing in a state whereas moral justice deals with what is right and what is Wrong. What are our rights and what are our duties as human beings.

2. The coercion power of state works behind legal justice whereas the strength of morality is behind moral justice.

3. The scope of legal justice is limited than moral justice.

4. Legal codes are defined and fixed but this is not so with moral justice.

Question 3.
Discuss the meaning and importance of Social Justice.
Answer:
Meaning of Social Justice:
Social Justice means that all the people living in a society are equal. Social Justice implies that there should not be any discrimination among citizens from social point of view. No discrimination should be made on the basis of religion, caste, colour, sex, etc. All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities.

Importance of Social Justice:
The importance of social justice is increasing day-by-day in a modern democratic state. Social justice is the very basis of present Welfare state. Once Pandit Nehru expressed his view that Marxism is extremely popular not because of its scientific principles but for its readiness for social justice. Social justice is very essential for the maintenance of social harmony and peace in the society. To make democracy a success, social justice is essential.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Question 4.
What do you mean by Social Justice? Do you agree that majority of the people are denied social justice in India?
Answer:
Meaning of Social Justice:
Social Justice means that all the people living in a society are equal. Social Justice implies that there should not be any discrimination among citizens from social point of view. No discrimination should be made on the basis of religion, caste, colour, sex, etc. All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities.

Majority of the People are denied Social Justice in India:
Though the makers of the Indian constitution have made a provision for social justice through Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy, yet majority of the people are being denied social justice in India. The citizens enjoy right to equality which is the very basis of the social justice, but in practice economic equality does not exist which is the pre-condition for social and political equality.

Though Article-17 had abolished untouchability yet in practice untouchability is followed in many parts of the country. Poor people are not getting social justice and more than thirty per cent of the people are living below poverty line. Children, women and weaker sections of the society are still exploited and they do not enjoy social justice.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the term Justice.
Answer:
The word ‘Justice’ has been derived from Latin word ‘Jus’ which means, Bond or Tie. It means, Justice is that system where in all individuals are related to each other. In Modem Political Science, Justice stands for that state of social life in which personal rights are combined with social welfare.

Question 2.
Define Justice.
Answer:

  1. According to Salmond, “Justice means to give every individual his due share.”
  2. Merriam opines, “Justice consists in a system of understanding and procedures through which is accorded what is agreed upon as fair.”

Question 3.
Discuss the meaning of Social Justice.
Answer:
Social Justice means that all the people living in a society are equal. Social Justice implies that there should not be any discrimination among citizens from social point of view. No discrimination should be made on the basis of religion, caste, colour, sex, etc. All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
From which language has the word ‘Justice’ been derived?
Answer:
The English word ‘Justice’ has been derived from the Latin word ‘Jus’.

Question 2.
Write down the meaning of Justice.
Answer:
The Enghsh word Justice means a Bond or tie.

Question 3.
Give a definition of Justice.
Answer:
According to D.D. Raphael,“Justice protects the rights of the individual as well as the order of society.”

Question 4.
Write down the definition of Justice given by Salmond.
Answer:
According to Salmond,“Justice means to provide everybody his share.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Question 5.
Mention two basic postulates of Justice.
Answer:

  1. Truth
  2. Liberty.

Question 6.
Mention any two dimensions or forms of Justice.
Answer:

  1. Legal Dimension of Justice.
  2. Social Dimension of Justice.

Question 7.
What is the meaning of Political Justice?
Answer:
Political Justice means that every individual, without any discrimination, should have the right to participate in the governance of the state.

Question 8.
Write down any two means to get political justice.
Answer:

  1. Democratic System
  2. Political Rights.

Question 9.
What is meant by Social Justice?
Answer:
Social Justice means that all individuals living in a society are equal and there should be no discrimination in their mutual relations.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Question 10.
What is the meaning of Economic Justice?
Answer:
There should be a proper division of the material means of the country. They should be used for the benefit of more and more people. They should serve the interest of maximum people.

Question 11.
What is Legal Justice?
Answer:
Legal Justice is concerned with the principle and process established by law in a state.

Fill in the blanks

1. Justice is that state in which a ……………… can lead a well-set and disciplined life.
Answer:
Man

2. The word justice has been derived from ……………… word.
Answer:
Latin

3. According to ……………… “justice means to give every individual his due share.”
Answer:
Salmond

4. Truth is the basic postulate of ……………… .
Answer:
Justice

5. All citizens should equal before ……………… .
Answer:
Law.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

True or False statement

1. Justice and freedom are co-related.
Answer:
True

2. Social justice is extremely popular in modem age.
Answer:
True

3. Social justice -and Economic justice are not related to each other.
Answer:
False.

4. Men and women should get equal wages for equal work.
Answer:
True

5. It is not the state responsbility to establish economic justice.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Justice require:
(A) Committed judiciary
(B) Fearful judges
(C) Independent judiciary
(D) Dishonest judges.
Answer:
(C) Independent judiciary

Question 2.
People get proper justice in:
(A) Dictatorship
(B) Totalitarian state
(C) Monarchy
(D) Democracy.
Answer:
(D) Democracy.

Question 3.
Which one of the following Is not the fundamental postulate of justice:
(A) Truth
(B) Equality before law
(C) Freedom
(D) Property.
Answer:
(D) Property.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 8 Justice

Question 4.
Justice la administered by:
(A) Executive
(B) Judiciary
(C) Legislature
(D) Political Parties
Answer:
(B) Judiciary

Question 5.
Justice Is essentially a:
(A) Legäl concept
(B) Moral concept
(C) Socia) concept
(D) All of the Above.
Answer:
(D) All of the Above.